Home

Inside AE Guide

1. G 1 CACHE Types Ml Be EE SEE tated SONOS Raid teta epe 1 SOUINGS PEE 2 2 Date and Suhel De he ee SM eee la 3 2 1 Using TimeZones ooo ee 3 DUET REC KT EC EMI M N 3 SERE ee AAA SEDE SD 4 SCM Pts a beds c Ur dps SEE cete Eos y deer ted Rl 4 kogel Da scri Rc ERA Oni lS Diu DAMNUM Im 4 2 2 TimeZones Overview 2 2 2 22 2 02020 21 5 2 3 Examples for Using TimeZones 2 4 4 4 6 2 4 Logical Dale z to dre oe ad ones Lae ete A enc E 8 Examples ee s tette Cre ED heri RR OP ted e e 9 2 5 M S m 11 2 6 Changing from Standard Time to Daylight Savings Time 12 Standard Time and Daylight Savings Time 12 2 7 Ghandha GME TIME sis 14 Negative effects 2 4 2 2 2222 4 a oaan aan 14 3 Userlnterf ce o eee cde 15 3 1 Updating Userlnterface Windows
2. ie tS 173 52000 PEE MR RM ict nee eui dnd tenter c D ena es 173 35 098 esis his beoe Dt a E NM E a ea 174 et 174 ETE 174 175 Oracle Applications 20 22 2 175 aga 176 OSEE 176 42612 221011 AN detente Le pos LEA ee eee 177 SARI tose Arden an e A ne ee DU 177 kir 178 178 179 DEED 179 WINDOWS de Wanna 179 12 13 3 Export File Structure 4 4 180 Host attributes 220 eee 188 ZEA ANON e eh cine ea iix tinsel ua eS tena lids LE US 203 12 141 EX pom Files a rae a 203 12 14 2 Structure 2 ee ed 204 12 15 NotifiCationi a a Se A eg ee 205 12 15 1 9 4076 101 Fleet ooo e eee etate e te ed TE EE US SEES UE 205 12 152 Export File Str ct re ra EI e ERA EE EET UE EIU 208 12 16 Prompt96et eese uoce bcr ftii beide eR Teale RS 216 Automation Engine ix 1
3. UCe B 10 60 Process ID fib uc 0098 C 0 0000004536 Usage ucascPoo2 C 0 0000003452 Clients UC4 amp CP003 C 0 ia UC4sCP004 0 Agents 3i D 0 0000004496 Agentcroups 1 0000004016 amp queues D 0 0000004328 22 users D 0 0000006100 Messages Statistics Database ei Fal License uC4swP007 Report Strg R Cache f tdt Strg4E BB exits Quarantine Usage chart Change logging Workload EN Properties Export to file Refresh Service Manager scan Refresh System Settings You can also define a default value in order to control the number of work processes WPs This is done in the UC4 Variable UC SYSTEM SETTINGS using the key WP MIN NUMBER A node name and the minimum number of work processes must be specified in the Variable s content The exceeding number of work processes are converted to Dialog processes d Note that this does not affect the primary work process PWP The name that has been selected as the node name must also be defined in the UC4 Automation Engine s INI file by using a parameter of the same name Define one node name per computer if the Server processes have been allocated to several computers If the same node name is used in several INI files it is valid system wide on a networked basis The following example serves to illustrate details Example The Server processes of a UC4 system are sha
4. 4 44 2 2 279 TOR feat ite 279 Number 279 ast dea tel snare al tira hance hs 279 MIME 5 Sods cocotte a Ole eons ae 280 Dale oe MEME 280 12 25 3 Export Fille Structure 2 est eect E eos UD un 280 SOURCES OU ot See SER A A De t lh eh 282 Source SQL intemal oe ee ee ee ees Ss ee 283 50252 283 EE 283 12 26 Workflow 22222 2 22222222 2 7 7 2 222222222 2 4 4 22 7 284 12 20 T EXpOIT FIG ehe e eee o t La LIE ed 284 12 26 2 Export File Structure 2 288 13 Automatic Processing in 0 4 303 55 eet eee eae eh ACG 306 Automation Engine 1 1 Cache 1 1 Cache Usage Refer to the System Overview category Cache to obtain current information about the Cache Settings for the individual Cache types can be specified in the category Server General Each work process
5. 25 20 RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 15 10 5 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 30 next 00 00 13 To preserve a distance between estimated runtime and real runtime it is possible to specify a correction value in percent This value is added to the estimated runtimes This ensures that the estimated runtime ERT follows the real runtime of a task at the specified distance Automation Engine 77 2001 Job MM END PROCESSING eoo H save HB Last Monitor Last Report Statistics amp Print M 30 ariabies gt Execute Y Ep Header 2 Attributes 4 wiNDOWs ap Runtime sg variables amp Prompts Bb Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt 0 0 Else execute End status for Forecast Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC CLIENT SETTINGS Fixed 0000 00 20 Dyn method from the last runs _ Differences gt oe are ignored 20 RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 15 10 5 ERT min 00 00 02 max 00 00 45 next 00 00 20 In order to avoid the evaluation of extreme deviations a maximum deviation level in percent can be set If the real runtime exceeds this limit it will not be taken into account in the calculation of the ERT Additionally the number of runs to be used
6. ate ce tie delta te dale od 113 12 6 6 118 IAS Sq dlc 2 118 12 6 2 Export File Stricture ec voe EE ee bun Gas ed 119 Tr Connectlonis ool Dan a Lue ab verre 120 12 7 T Export File so s eee estes tarot ie a tc te ue uM 120 127 2 Connection Types 2 ceret iube nutu t RAE 122 civ EE 122 123 long best be fato s 123 Remote Function Call 2 2222222222 2 2 4 4 2 22 2 123 12 7 3 Export File Stt ctlife eat eo SOE dla 124 12 8 Documentation 22 ce eA os Pe 128 12 8 T EXpon Fils ca rore Ete co n E D DEUS 128 12 8 2 Export File Structure dee Ed A ess 129 12 0 EVOllb ccs ete Ute E eed 130 12 9 T Export FIle o nnns a tes te es tette ttbi Re 130 12 9 2 Event TYPES xe nocte sot pne d ddnde ee ci petet ee aS 133 File System Event
7. Definition for ENDED OK Return code lt 0 Else execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC CLIENT SETTINGS Fixed value 0000 00 zoe Dyn method La from the last 25 Jruns _ Differences gt ole se are ignored 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 23 next 00 00 21 If however the number of calculated runs is reduced the estimated runtimes will follow any possibly existing tendency in runtime behavior more quickly 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING FAsave 2 Monitor LastReport bag Statistics Print v 20 Variables Execute v Eb Header Attributes A WINDOWS 46 Runtime si Variables amp Prompts Eb Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt 0 0 Else execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 44 Use default UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS O Fixed value 0 00 00 25 Dyn method 00 00 20 o 00 00 15 00 00 10 Differences gt 00 00 05
8. Note that this deletion process also works if the edited object has not been saved You cannot restore real runtime data from archived data After runtimes have been cleared you can again directly enter the estimated runtime This value is valid only until after the task s next run Clearing the saved runtimes is only useful if you expect large deviations in runtimes for future executions for example after the task has been changed 74 Chapter 9 Runtime 9 1 4 Methods of Runtime Evaluation Evaluating with a Fixed Value With this setting a static limit is specified for the runtime This fixed value is taken as the estimated runtime ERT UC4 recommends verifying from time to time if it still meets all requirements Fixed Value Set Too High E 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING eoo 2 Monitor LastReport ba Statistics Print 20 Variables Execute ly Header Attributes 4 windows 26 Runtime Variables amp Prompts Ep Process E Documentation Definition for ENDED Return code lt fo execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 2221 00 00 00 at le 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 20 max 00 00 20 next 00 00 20 show chart _ Reset value
9. v Generate at runtime 2 A task starts as soon as the Agent has sufficient resources to execute it If there are insufficient resources the task changes to status Waiting for resource and will be executed when resources are available again If there are several tasks waiting the UC4 priority is the crucial factor for deciding which one should be processed first Example An Agent has 100 available resources for job executions Three jobs should be started e Job A requires 10 resources and can be executed e Job requires 50 resources and can also be started 60 of the available 100 resources are now used and 40 are still available e Job requires 50 resources but cannot be executed because there not enough resources It switches to the waiting condition Waiting for resource Tasks that are in the waiting condition can be started at any time using the command Ignore Agent Resource in the Activity Window s context menu or the script function MODIFY UC OBJECT The Agent s current resource value is ignored Task resources are consumed and the Agent s maximum resource value is exceeded in the short term Consumed resources are released as soon as the task has ended Agent s resources are valid for all clients because the same Agent can be used in several clients d Resource consumption can also be allocated for Jobs which are started by a RemoteTaskManager d In FileTransfers source and destination
10. 22222222 2 2 2 2 2 44 4 15 4 Executirid Objects ooo eee e EX e 16 4 1 Executing oii 16 4 2 Stage 12 ACtIVatlOn csse ioe RR Ui Dieses 17 4 3 Stage 2 Generation 42 4 0 0 18 Status Waiting for predecessor 244 21 Status Waiting for start time 2 2222222 22 22 2 2 2 2222 22 Status Registered 7 7 222222 2 22 2 42 4 4 4 4 22 2 0 0 00 22 Ciz iue mE MEE 23 Script processing in detail 7 2222222222 2 2 2 2 2 42 244 2 2 24 4 4 Stage 3 Processing 25 iv Contents 4 5 Stage 4 Completion 0 2 28 4 6 Task Modifications and Effects 222222200000 31 ATU CA PHONY EE 32 Client Priority s II A ERA E LL SE SOS 32 Task Priority 4 0 000000 33 AS RESOUNCOS 2 2 ocu Loo tok esbepu coL adus M duo tite coup ote teu for cd 33 34 Special case Maximum numbe
11. Not available d CALL Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes E CODE Not available Not specified Client Not available pocu Not available EVNT Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes dil JOBE Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes 85 Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes E JOBI Not available JOBP Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes gt Executable object Not specified Client Attributes TZ3 23 Attributes 6 Chapter 2 Date and Time Workflow Workflow properties properties Earliest start specified Workflow Properties earliest TZA TZ4 Properties earliest At the latest Not specified Workflow Properties dependencies 24 TZ4 Properties dependencies 8 Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes E JOBS Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes JSCH Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes P Executable object Not specified JSCH Attributes TZ3 TZ3 Attributes a LOGIN Not available amp QUEUE Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes E SCRI Not specified Client Attributes TZ2 TZ2 Attributes sync Not available 2 USER Not specified Client User TZ2 TZ2 User UsRG Not available SP VARA Not available See also TimeZone Object Using TimeZones in UC4 2 3 Examples for Using TimeZones The following examples show several TimeZone specific combinations and ho
12. Dynamic Keyword Fill in method In a defined interval Keyword ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType I ValidFrom 2006 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2006 12 31 00 00 00 name YEARLY 2 state 1 gt lt Dynamic Direction B Interval 11 IntervalEnd 0106 IntervalStart 0103 Period 2 PeriodEnd 0 PeriodStart 2006 gt lt DefDays gt lt Dynamic gt lt Keyword gt Monthly Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll Example Fill in method On defined Calendar days Keyword CType M ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType A ValidFrom 2004 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2007 12 31 00 00 00 name MONTHLY1 state 1 gt lt Dynamic Direction E Interval 0 IntervalEnd IntervalStart Period 1 PeriodEnd 6 PeriodStart 1 gt lt DefDays gt 5 lt DefDays gt lt Dynamic gt lt Keyword gt Automation Engine 107 Fill in method In a defined interval lt Keyword CType M ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType I ValidFrom 2004 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2007 12 31 00 00 00 name MONTHLY2 state 1 gt lt Dynamic Direction B Interval 12 IntervalEnd 31 IntervalStart 1 Period 1 PeriodEnd 10 PeriodStart 9 gt lt DefDays gt lt Dynamic gt lt Keyword gt Weekly Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll Example lt Keyword CType W ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType A ValidFrom 2004 01 01 00 00 00 Va
13. lt CaleName gt CaleKeyName lt MultiLogon gt 1 lt MultiLogon gt lt EHRefresh gt O lt EHRefresh gt lt Active gt 1 lt Active gt lt USER gt lt UACL state 1 gt lt Rights gt row AL 1 1 B1 1 B2 1 B3 1 B4 1 B5 1 B6 1 B7 1 B8 1 FPle pia Ue paarmetppe lt Rights gt lt UACL gt lt PRIVILEGES state 1 gt lt PrivList gt lt Bi gt 1 lt Bi gt lt B2 gt 1 lt B2 gt lt B4 gt 1 lt B4 gt lt B8 gt 1 lt B8 gt lt 16 gt 1 lt 16 gt lt B32 gt 1 lt B32 gt lt B64 gt 1 lt B64 gt lt B128 gt 1 lt B128 gt 268 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt B256 gt 0 lt B256 gt lt B512 gt 0 lt B512 gt lt B1024 gt 1 lt B1024 gt lt B2048 gt 0 lt B2048 gt lt B4096 gt 0 lt B4096 gt lt B8192 gt 1 lt B8192 gt lt B16384 gt 1 lt B16384 gt lt B32768 gt 1 lt B32768 gt lt B65536 gt 1 lt B65536 gt lt B131072 gt 0 lt B131072 gt lt B262144 gt 1 lt B262144 gt lt 524288 gt 1 lt 524288 gt lt 1048576 gt 1 lt 1048576 gt lt 2097152 gt 1 lt 2097152 gt lt 4194304 gt 1 lt 4194304 gt lt 8388608 gt 1 lt 8388608 gt lt PrivList gt lt PRIVILEGES gt lt USRGU gt lt Members gt row id 1087225 v0 ADMIN v1 USRG gt row id 1394008 v0 TEST v1 USRG gt lt Members gt lt USRGU gt lt DOCU_General state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA User Smith gt lt DOC g
14. lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt lt ExtRepDef gt 1 lt ExtRepDef gt lt ExtRepAll gt O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JSCH state 1 gt lt StartType gt lt IntAccount gt ActAtRun O ActAtRun lt Period gt 2 lt Period gt lt StartTime gt 00 00 lt StartTime gt lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElsei gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt RWhen gt lt RExecute gt lt ATTR_JSCH gt lt JSCH state 1 gt lt JschStruct Period 2 StartTime 00 00 mode design gt task Idnr 1429015 Lnr 1 OType JOBS Object JOBS ARCHIVE Textl Text2 Text3 JOBS Text4 Text5 00 01 00 gt task Idnr2 1429013 Lnr 2 OType JOBP Object JOBP DATABASE MAINTENANCE 1 2 Text3 JOBP Text4 Text5 01 03 00 gt 238 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt TimePeriod TimePeriodValue 00 00 gt after ActFlgz 1 ErlstStDays 1 ErlstStTime 03 00 gt lt runtime MrtCancel 0 MrtDays 0 MrtErt 0 MrtExecute 0 MrtExecuteObj MrtFix 0 MrtMethodDate 0 MrtMethodErt 0 MrtMethodFix 0 MrtMethodNone 1 MrtOn 1 MrtTZ MrtTime 00 00 SrtErt 0 SrtFix 0 SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodFix 0 SrtMethodNone 1 gt
15. Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt po 0 Else execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC CLIENT SETTINGS O Fixed value 0000 00 20 64 from the last 5 04 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 min 00 00 01 max 00 00 38 next 00 00 01 To preserve a distance between estimated runtime and real runtime it is possible to specify a correction value in percent This value is added to the estimated runtimes This allows the activation of an alarm only in extreme increases in the runtime 29 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING eoo lastMonitor LastReport bag Statistics E Print v 20 Variables p gt Execute v gi Header 2 Attributes 44 WINDOWS d Runtime Variables amp Prompts Ep Process li Documentation amp Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt Else execute cn ti fF 00 01 00 Estimated runtime ERT 00 00 55 00 00 50 Current ERT 0 00 01 00 00 45 Use default UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS ene Fixed value 0 00 00 20124 00 00 30 00 00 25 Dyn method Linear regression 00 00 20 from the last SH runs 00 00 15 ES 4 j sare ignore
16. Name of the UC4 system XHEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER In active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone OUTPUTREG FileReg SYNCREF Automation Engine 181 Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAI All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Output tab Only for Windows Unix SAP RA JMX and SQL Jobs The attributes state and tidy are used system internally and must not be changed List of output files that should be registered Attributes per file definition row FullPath Absolute path and file name without wildcard characters UsersLogin User login required allowed values 1 Yes 0 No Sync tab
17. lt CodeNameSrc gt UC_CODE lt CodeNameSrc gt lt LoginSrc gt FT_LOGIN lt LoginSrc gt lt Compress gt 0 lt Compress gt lt FileNameSrc gt C FT Evaluation010 txt lt FileNameSrc gt FileAttrSrc lt KeepSrcAttr 1 KeepSrcAttr HostDst AEGE2 HostDst CodeNameDst UC CODE lt gt LoginDst FT LOGIN LoginDst lt FileNameDst gt C FileReceipt Evaluation010 txt lt FileNameDst gt lt FileAttrDst gt lt WildCard gt 0 lt WildCard gt lt MaxParallel gt 1 lt MaxParallel gt lt RepeatType O RepeatType Erase 0O Erase lt TextTypeText gt 1 lt TextTypeText gt lt TextTypeBin gt 0 lt TextTypeBin gt OvCancel 1 OvCancel lt OvOverwrite gt 0 lt OvOverwrite gt lt OvAppend gt 0 lt OvAppend gt lt JOBF gt lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix MrtMethodE
18. p If a task is part of a Workflow but should not be executed you can Earliest set it inactive It obtains the status ENDED_INACTIVE in this case 92 Chapter 11 Workflow Earliest start v Pre Conditions p Status of predecessors v Latest start or Latest end p Maximum runtime v Minimum runtime If atask must not start before certain point time the earliest start time can be defined in here The task waits until this point in time is reached even if execution would be possible before You can define specific conditions and actions which will be processed before Workflow tasks start Your definitions can also affect the task s and Workflow s executions The verification is made in the time interval that has been specified in the UC4 Variable UC SYSTEM SETTINGS setting CONDITION CHECK _ INTERVAL This process ends if the final action of the latest start time has been reached This step is skipped if there are no definitions for Pre Conditions Defining dependencies on the results of the previous tasks can also be useful In the Else section you can specify the further handling of the task and Workflow if one or all dependencies are not met A task always waits until all its direct predecessors have been executed A latest start time can also be specified The task then ends with the status ENDED TIMEOUT when this point in time has been exceeded Additionally it is also possible to speci
19. selected and 0 not selected RExecute Execute Name of an executable object RRepMTimes Repeat n times Value ranging between O and 99 RRepOn Using the Result tab Allowed values 1 OK status was set and 0 result monitoring is not used RRepWait After n minutes Value ranging between 0 and 999 RWhen OK status Status description 246 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects dynvalues Variables amp Prompts tab in Workflow and Schedule objects dyntree Definition node for the four areas Values Parent Values PromptSets Parent PromptSets and each assigned PromptSet object with the attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id Internal name for the areas VALUE PVALUES PRPTS PPRPTS PromptSet object name Name Displayed name PromptSet object name parent id of the area to which the PromptSet has been assigned Allowed values PRPTS PromptSets or PPRPTS Parent PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value TASKVALUE Structure of values of parent value definitions node id VALUE or PVALUES VALUE The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Mod Variable value has been modified Allowed values 1 yes or 0 no Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed
20. 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt lt 1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1 gt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1i gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 2 gt lt MSCRI gt lt CDATA SET amp STATUS GET VAR DB STATUS amp STATUS SET amp JNR ACTIVATE UC OBJECT JOBS DB REORG ENDIF gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_General state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA Database reorganization lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt SCRI gt lt uc export gt See also Script Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 20 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Script object and explains the individual elements 254 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects uc export SCRI XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects
21. 44 4 4 2 0 0 133 Console Event 2 2 2 2 2 2 22222222222222 4 5 2 7 242 133 Database aia hu oa da te 135 12 9 3 Export File Structure 22 7 2722 135 EilezSystem EVENT core xo Uu Ue dece eld Eesti 143 Gonsole EVernt oA MANI MEA 144 Database EVent eo e beu e eet Luce n 146 12 10 File LTODSTOE czer trop Ue toll E b p Ae IERI OY E EIU 147 Contents 12 10 2 Export File Structure 424 4 2 242 24 220 150 V2 AT SOUP ee ole ati br us ied 159 12 11 T EX POM Files eret acm inant ts tol dele nee 159 12 11 2 Export File Structure 2 2 162 LDAP O 168 12 12 T EXPO FiS rere tits hcec aca Me cd 168 12 12 2 Export File Structure 2 169 12 13 JODA cea ean T bad Ce 170 12139 2 e P a ech ede sete ET 170 213 2 Host Attnbutes 2
22. 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Automation Engine 249 Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodkErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Canc
23. B C Attribute JOB CLASS TargetSystem Target system maximum 32 characters Attribute SAP DST SYSTEM DeleteJob Delete Job after completion in CCMS Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute SAP JOB DELETE SAP JobType Job type Allowed values 0 and 1 0 ABAP Engine Business Intelligence 1 Exchange Infrastructure Attribute SAP JOB TYPE 198 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects AsSoon Immediately SAP _ Recipient SAP _ AddressType SAP Express SAP Copy SAP _ BlindCopy SAP _ NoForward SAP NoPrint SAP Deliver SAP _ StatusByMail ATTR R3 FORM Siebel Start mode AsSoon As soon as possible Immediately Immediately Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the two options can be selected Attribute SAP STARTMODE Spoollist recipient SAP Recipent Address maximum 241 characters Attribute RECIPIENT SAP AddressType Address type maximum 1 character Attribute SAP ADDRESSTYPE SAP Express Express Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute SAP EXPRESS SAP Copy Copy Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute SAP COPY SAP BlindCopy Blind copy Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute SAP BLINDCOPY SAP NoForward No forwarding Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute SAP NOFORWARD SAP NoPrint No printing Allowed values 1 sel
24. Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a documentation Structure of the XML files for imports and exports 12 9 Event 12 9 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Event object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt EVNT_TIME client 0003 name EVNT TIME system UCGLOBAL gt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 04 01 08 31 09 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 04 01 09 17 53 1 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAIlI O ExtRepAIl gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt CALEREF state 1 gt lt Cond gt Automation Engine row CaleKeyName WEEKEND CaleName WORK From 00 00 To 00 00 id 1315068 gt lt Cond gt CALEREF ATIR EVNT state 1 gt StartType IntAccount 5589 IntAccount ActAtRun O ActAtRun lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElsei gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt ATTR_EVNT gt EVNT state 1 gt lt RepeatTypeR gt 1 lt RepeatTypeR gt lt RepeatTy
25. For all executable objects the method of evaluating the estimated runtime can be set in the Runtime tab Methods for Evaluating ERT Direct entry of ERT If no runtime data exist for a task such as a new task runtime data reset the estimated runtime can be directly entered The value is considered for forecasts and runtime monitoring After a task s first run the ERT is determined according to the selected method and the specified value is overwritten Automation Engine 73 Fixed value If astatic setting is selected no current runtime data of the respective object is required The fixed value is taken as the estimated runtime This value can be specified in seconds in the Runtime tab of the object Average The average value from the real runtimes is determined The number of previous runs can be specified for calculating the average A correction factor in percent can also be set This will be added to the calculated average value Linear regression With this method the increase or decrease of runtimes is emphasized As with the average method the number of runs and the specification of a correction factor can be specified in percent Maximum value The longest saved value from the list of real runtimes is taken as the estimated runtime Clearing Runtime Data The command button Reset can be used to clear the stored runtimes After the appropriate security query all saved RRTs and ERTs are deleted and the current ERT is set to zero
26. Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Data type Allowed values C String FlNumber T Timestamp D Date Scope Allowed values INo scope FREI Freely selected HON Host each host name JBN Task each task name JPN Workflow name each Workflow name JPS Workflow session each Workflow activation USN User each user name USS User session each user session Not found NotFoundErr Error NotFoundDef Initial values Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the two options can be selected Variable type ShareN Not shareable ShareL Read only ShareR Referenceable Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the two options can be selected All options are set to 0 if the variable cannot be found in the system client 0000 282 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects VARA Variables DOCU_Title DOC Variable tab in Variable objects The attribute state is used system internally and m
27. Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Automation Engine 251 DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a Schedule XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 20 Script 12 20 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Script object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt SCRI client 0003 name START DB REORG system UCGLOBAL gt XHEADER state 2 gt lt Title gt
28. PPRPTS PROMPTSET definitions with the attributes client UC4 client idnr internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system It includes the PROMPTBOX element with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time 298 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects calendars postconditions RUNTIME MaxRetCode Calendar tab in Workflow and Schedule objects CCTypeAll Execute if all conditions match Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected CCTypeNone Execute if no condition matches Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected CCTypeOne Execute if one condition matches Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options listed above can be selected CaleOn Calendar Allowed values 1 Calendar conditions are set and 0 Calendar is not used Attributes per Calendar definition cale CaleKeyName Calendar keyword CaleName Name of the Calendar object id Intemal number of the Calendar object OH_Idnr Post Conditions PostCon Condition and action definitions with the following attributes active Block is activated 1 or deactivated 0 id Name of the conditi
29. Value between 0 and 9999 RemoveCRLF Remove line breaks Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected SeparatorSubstitute Substitute character maximum 1 character General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows UNIX OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile ShellScript Command Priority Shell ShellOptions Com VMS Automation Engine 201 Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErm On error only Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Type ShellScript Shell Script Command Command Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the two options can be selected Attribute UNIX TYPE Start parameter Shell Shell maximum 3 characters Attribute UNIX SHELL ShellOptions Shell options maximum 16 characters Attribute UNIX SHELL OPTIONS Com Command maximum 255 characters Attribute UNIX CMD General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows VMS OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not
30. Weekly Direction Not used Interval Not used IntervalEnd Not used IntervalStart Not used Period Each nt week PeriodEnd Ending with week n PeriodStart Starting with week n DefDays Days of the week Allowed values MO TU WE TH FR SA and SU Calendar keyword of type Group A flag All the following calendars apply N flag None of the following calendars apply O flag At least one of the following calendars apply CaleKeyName Name of the keyword object CaleName Name of the Calendar object id Internal number of the Calendar object OH ldnr Calendar keyword of type Roll RCaleAdjust 0 no adjustment 1 adjustment RCaleldnr Internal number of the Calendar object OH ldnr RCaleKeyName Source keyword RCaleName Source Calendar object RCaleOffset Offset RCaleOperator Action RCaleRef 0 no adjustment 1 adjustment RCaleRefldnr Internal number of the Calendar object OH RRCaleKeyName Name of the Calendar object for the area RRCaleName Name of the Calendar keyword for the area CaleKeyName Name of the colliding Calendar keyword CaleName Name of the colliding Calendar object Offset Offset Operator Action RCaleldnr Internal number of the colliding Calendar object OH ldnr RCaleKeyName Name of the Calendar keyword for movement RCaleName Name of the Calendar object for movement id Internal number of the Calendar object OH ldnr for movement Automati
31. component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xnlName rfcUse load balancing gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmIName rfcUserid gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 1 xmlName sbbEnabled gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmlName xalBackground syslog j gt lt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value lt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value lt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value lt xmlName httpPassword gt xmlName z xalMonitor gt gt xmlName xalMTShortname gt 122 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xalVersion gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmlName xbpAuditlevel gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xbpSteps gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xbpVersion gt lt RFCPANEL gt lt PROMPTSETDATA gt lt DOCU_general state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_general gt lt PRPT gt lt uc export gt See also Connection Structure of Export File XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 7 2 Connection Types This document includes examples for the specific XML elements of the various types of Connections Database lt CONN_SQL gt lt citpanel con 1 type 1 gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value uc4 xmIName db name gt comp
32. quotes gt r lt entry gt lt entry name id gt textfield1 lt entry gt entry name inputassistance gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt entry name required gt 0 lt entry gt entry name upper gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt entry name showaspassword gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt lt properties gt lt text gt view targetaction setAttribute integer alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id integer1 max min nl 1 text Number tooltip gt lt properties gt lt entry listparam N name reference gt UC_DATATYPE_NUMERIC lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Number lt entry gt lt entry name min gt lt entry name max gt lt entry name quotes gt r lt entry gt entry name id gt integer1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt entry name initvalue gt 0 lt entry gt lt properties gt lt integer gt combo alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id2 combobox1 nl 1 required 1 text C ombobox tooltip vtype i upper 0 gt lt properties gt lt entry listparam name reference gt DB_MAINTENANCE lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Combobox lt entry g
33. 0 MsgNr 6004 Name scheduled start time OR 0 Type T gt lt operator Op G gt row Value 2005 10 10T06 00 00 gt lt operator gt lt operator Op L gt lt row Value 2005 10 10T12 00 00 gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 3 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6009 Name Client OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt row Value 033 gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt QmFilters gt lt JOBQ_R3 gt See also Export File of RemoteTaskManager Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 18 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a RemoteTaskManager object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created JOBQ XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Automation Engine 231 Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last
34. 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 114 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Syncs RUNTIME MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE_KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Retum code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodE
35. 8 7 2 Communication Queue 22 2 2 4 5 61 8 8 Administrative Tables gt asus mn E eR ERN DO nara dye sis cre scc ankle 62 8 9 Starting and Ending Server Processes 2 2222 2 62 Starting Server processes 22 2 22222222 2 42 222 22 62 Ending Server processes 4 44 4 2 2 63 8 10 Net Areas ses eec tec dde soup re Doce dnb redd riv 64 Default CP Selection 22222222 2 2 4 4 222 1 2 2 64 Extended CP Selection Net Areas 64 Use Case Examples 2 2 2 2 65 Configuratiori Example as DEDI ia ee 65 ServiceManager 69 9 Runtime eo Lcx EADEM EIER 70 9 4 Runtitrie Evaluation etr snot Une Rb arene ikAl oO SAAN E ha ieu is 70 91 1 Runtime Evaluation corio 70 9 1 2 Real 24 4 4 2 2 24 4 22 71 9 1 3 Estimated Runtime 2 4 24 2 2 71 Setting the Methods for Ev
36. ATTR PS OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile DeleteProcess Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Runtime options Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute PS JOB DELETE ATTR_PS_ FORM SAP Automation Engine 197 Form tab only in PeopleSoft and SAP Jobs The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The sub elements contain the connection information Connectstring with the login information not being output General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR_R3 OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile Language JobName JobClass TargetSystem DeleteJob SAP JobType Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Start parameter Language Language maximum 2 characters Attribute SAP LANG JobName Job name maximum 32 characters Attribute JOB NAME JN JobClass Job class Allowed values A
37. Agent must have sufficient resources as otherwise the file transfer cannot be executed Procedure By default Agents do not check the resource settings of Jobs and FileTransfers Some options must be specified if you intend to use the UC4 resource concept First determine how many resources the Agents should provide 1 Logonto system client 0000 Open the UC4 Variable UC HOSTCHAR DEFAULT or the other host characteristics of your Agents if you use different UC4 Variables 3 Enterthe resources the Agent should provide in the keys WORKLOAD MAX FT and WORKLOAD MAX JOB Value 1 means that the resource setting of Jobs and FileTransfers is ignored dy Resource values can be changed on a temporary basis in the System Overview This value applies until the Agent connection or the Agent itself is ended Automation Engine 35 Default value 1 applies for the resource consumption of Jobs FileTransfers This value can be changed as described below 1 Open the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS 2 Modify the values for the keys WORKLOAD_DEFAULT_FT and WORKLOAD_DEFAULT_JOB if a different default value should be specified G The resource consumption of Jobs and FileTransfers that should not use the default value be specified in the particular object s Attributes tab If value 0 is entered in this field the default value of the UC4 Variable UC SYSTEM SETTINGS is used Special case Maximum number of tasks which can run paralle
38. Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute COMPRESSION Encryption Encryption Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute ENCRYPTION General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows SQL 200 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile ServerPort DatabaseName DataSource ColumnSeparator ShowHeadline ShowNULL MaxLines MaxColumnWidth RemoveCRLF SeparatorSubstitute UNIX Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Connection ServerPort Servers maximum 100 characters Attribute SERVER_NAME DatabaseName Database maximum 100 characters Attribute DATABASE_NAME DataSource File name maximum 255 characters Attribute DATA SOURCE Settings ColumnSeparator Column separator maximum 1 character ShowHeadline Show headlines in tables Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected ShowNULL Show NULL as an empty string Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected MaxLines Maximum number of rows for tables Value between 0 and 9999 MaxColumnWidth Maximum numbers of characters in a column
39. Automation Engines are the Server processes wherein work and communication processes are distinguished As the work and communication processes of a UC4 System are not limited to a single node computer both efficiency and reliability are boosted through the distribution of these processes over several computers Theoretically you can activate an unlimited number of work and communication processes By adding processes it is possible to adjust to growing strain on the UC4 System Should a heavy workload exist due to the number of logged on Agents and Userlnterfaces the number of communication processes can be increased Likewise should the number of UC4 System tasks become too burdensome the number of work processes can be increased Licenses are required for each physical server and therefore do not depend on the number of processes Ay The computers on which the Server processes are installed must be of the same platform in order to facilitate multi server operation e g 2 computers with HP UX A combination of computers with different UNIX derivatives or a mixture of UNIX and Windows cannot be used d Be careful if you use more than one computer In order to avoid discrepancies their times should be adjusted to each other Although the Server processes measure the time offset and balance it there are still time gaps as they only do so in particular intervals 52 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation Structure of a UC4 System CP001 Fi
40. ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0 lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt Automation Engine 227 lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt SrtFix20 SrtFix SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0O SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt POST_SCRIPT state 1 gt lt OSCRI gt lt POST_SCRIPT gt DOCU General state 1 type text gt DOC DOCU General JOBQ lt uc export gt See also RemoteTaskManager Filter Specifications Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 18 2 Filter
41. Else execute End status for Forecast Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS O Fixed value Dyn method Maximal value from the last 5 g runs 154 _ Differences gt 1 5 5 RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 36 next 00 00 28 Show chart Reset values In order to avoid the evaluation of extreme deviations a maximum deviation in percent can be set for calculations If the real runtime exceeds this limit it will not be taken into account in the calculation of the ERT The minimum number of runs can also be specified here 9 2 Runtime Monitoring 9 2 1 Runtime Monitoring UCA can monitor the runtime behavior of tasks and react to deviations Allowed runtimes can be predefined static values fixed values or dynamically be based on the estimated runtime ERT You can define runtime monitoring directly in an executable object In this case the settings that are defined in the Runtime tab apply for all this object s activations You can also define different kinds of runtime monitoring that apply for different activations of a task that are made within a Workflow or Schedule The corresponding definitions are made in the object properties Runtime tab In doing so you can handle the specific runtime monitoring requirements of Workflows or Schedules For exampl
42. File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a RemoteTaskManager object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 5 00 gt JOBQ client 0003 name JOBQ PS PROCESSREQUEST system UCGLOBAL gt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt 226 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt Created gt John Smith on 2004 06 25 14 48 40 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 23 17 07 27 11 x Modified lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt lt ExtRepDef gt 1 lt ExtRepDef gt lt ExtRepAll gt 0O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JOBQ state 1 gt HostDst PSO1 HostDst lt HostAttrType gt PS lt HostAttrType gt lt MaxParallel gt 0 lt MaxParallel gt lt IntAccount gt lt StartJobs gt lt AutoTerm gt ReplChildren0 1 ReplChildren0 ReplChildren1 O0 ReplChildreni ReplChildren2 O ReplChildren2 ActAtRun O ActAtRun Consumption 0 Consumption lt UC4Priority gt O0 lt UC4Priority gt lt TZ gt lt RMaxOK gt lt RExecute gt Output 0 Output lt ATTR_JOBQ gt Filter options depend on the RemoteTaskManager type and are described in a separate document lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900
43. In active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAI All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 290 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Syncs ATTR_JOBP StartType IntAccount AutoDeactNo AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactErrorFree AutoDeactAlways Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all obje
44. JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR OS400 OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile QPJOBLOG ALL Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Peculiarities BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Spool QPJOBLOG QPJOBLOG ALL ALL Allowed values 1 selected and not selected Only one of the two options can be selected Attribute 05400 JOBLOG 196 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects CMD ILECL REXX JobName Priority JobDescription JobQueue RootingData PeopleSoft Type CMD CMD ILECL ILE CL REXX REXX Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Attribute 05400 JOBTYPE Runtime options JobName Job name maximum 10 characters Attribute JOB NAME JN Priority Priority Value between 0 and 99 Attribute PRIORITY P JobDescription Job description maximum 21 characters Attribute 05400 JOBD JobQueue Job queue maximum 21 characters Attribute 05400 JOBQ RootingData Rooting data maximum 255 characters Attribute 05400 RTGDTA General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows
45. JobName Job name maximum 8 characters Attribute JOB NAME JN Queue Queue maximum 8 characters Attribute MPE QUEUE InputPriority Input priority Value between 1 and 13 Attribute MPE INPUTPRIO HIPRI HIPRI Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute MPE HIPRI Other Other maximum 255 characters Attribute MPE OTHER General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows NSK OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile Priority VhTerm Cpu Type Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Start parameter Priority Priority maximum 100 characters Attribute PRIORITY P VhTerm Virtual terminal maximum 50 characters Attribute HOME TERMINAL Cpu CPU Value between 1 and 15 Attribute CPU Job type Allowed values 0 TACL 1 NBEXEC 2 OSS Attribute NSK_JOB_TYPE Automation Engine 193 Oracle Applications General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR_OA OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile RKey RAppSName 2 05 Job report OutputDb D
46. LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt CALE state 1 gt CaleData periods 1 gt Keywords The structure of Calendar keywords depends on the selected keyword type and therefore is described separately Keywords CaleData CALE DOCU General statez 1 type text DOC I CDATAT Firm calendar for the year 2005 gt DOC DOCU General CALE lt uc export gt See also Calendar Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 4 2 Calendar Keywords This document includes examples for the specific XML elements of the Calendar keywords Static Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll Example 106 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt Keyword CType S ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType ValidFrom 2003 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2007 01 31 00 00 00 name STATIC1 state 1 gt lt Static gt Month mm 01 yyyy 2006 gt 04 05 10 lt Month gt lt Static gt lt Keyword gt Yearly Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll Example Fill in method On defined Calendar days lt Keyword ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType A ValidFrom 2006 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2007 12 31 00 00 00 name YEARLY1 state 1 gt lt Dynamic Direction B Interval 0 IntervalEnd IntervalStart Period 1 PeriodEnd 0 PeriodStart 2006 gt DefDays 1 1 17 7 16 7 15 7 31 12 DefDays
47. Level Agreements UC4 system An environment that is managed by UC4 components UC4 Variables These are Variable objects that include the UC4 system s specifications User A person who uses a UC4 system A particular UC4 object type User group A group of users who a common profile of rights A particular UC4 object type UTC Internally UC4 uses UTC Universal Time Coordinated because UTC is the international time standard and is always precise Nevertheless TimeZone objects are available that can be used to show local times in tasks and script elements Userlnterface This is UC4 s graphical user interface utilities Utilities support the execution of administrative tasks in a UC4 system such as reorganizing and archiving the UC4 Database Variable It stores or retrieves values dynamically at runtime An individual UC4 object type Version Management This refers to an object version that is stored when you have modified the object WebHelp One of the help formats that are provided for manuals You open it with a Web browser see also HTML Help Weblnterface A UCA user interface that can be called via a Web browser wildcard characters These are placeholders for characters when you specify filters stands for exactly one character for any number of characters work process A part of the UC4 Automation Engine It is responsible for a UC4 system s processes see also Primary work process
48. O Stylez 1 ValueType O height 194 left 235 top 89 width 148 gt source QName VARA HOST WINO1 QName2 DISC SPACE AVAILABLE lt control gt lt Cockpit gt lt CPIT gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt DOCU General state L1 type text gt DOC DOCU General CPIT lt uc export gt See also Cockpit Automation Engine 113 Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 5 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Cockpit object and explains the individual elements uc export CPIT XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max
49. Overwrite OvAppend Extend Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute FT EXISTING DST FILE Only one of the three options can be selected Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Return code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 156 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent
50. Priority Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters _ immediate start Attribute START_TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute MAX_PARALLEL_ELSE UC4 priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4_PRIORITY Notification priority Allowed values 1 high 2 normal 3 low Attribute CO PRIORITY Type ActAtRun TZ EscTime Object AutoDeact External1 External2 NOTIFICATION Subject Text Automation Engine 211 Notification type Allowed values O request 1 2Jale
51. Priority O0 Priority JobName TEST JobName QueueName ATIR VMS Windows BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example 180 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt ATTR_WINDOWS state 2 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 1 lt OutputFile gt lt IsGenerated gt 0 lt IsGenerated gt lt BAT gt 1 lt BAT gt lt COM gt 0 lt COM gt lt WinBatch gt 0 lt WinBatch gt lt Standard gt 1 lt Standard gt lt Minimized gt 0 lt Minimized gt lt Maximized gt 0 lt Maximized gt JObjDefault 1 lt JObjDefault gt JObjYes 0 JObjYes lt JObjNo gt 0 lt JObjNo gt lt WorkingDirectory gt c uc4global lt WorkingDirectory gt lt Command gt lt LogOn gt 0 lt LogOn gt lt ShowJob gt 0 lt ShowJob gt lt ATTR_WINDOWS gt See also XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 13 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Job object and explains the individual elements General General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created JOBS Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system
52. Priority gt 1 lt Priority gt lt VhTerm gt lt Cpu gt 1 lt Cpu gt lt Type gt 0 lt Type gt lt ATTR_NSK gt Oracle Applications BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_OA state 2 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt RKey gt SYSTEM_ADMINISTRATOR lt RKey gt lt RAppSName gt SYSADMIN lt RAppSName gt lt ATTR_OA gt 176 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 2 05 BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_MVS state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt MVS_TypeUC4 gt 1 lt MVS_TypeUC4 gt lt MVS_TypeJCL gt 0 lt MVS_TypeJCL gt lt MVS_TypeMVS gt 0 lt MVS_TypeMVS gt lt MVS_JobName gt TEST lt MVS_JobName gt lt MVS_JobClass gt A lt MVS_JobClass gt lt MVS_ProgName gt lt MVS_Account gt P390 lt MVS_Account gt lt MVS_Priority gt lt MVS_MsgLevel gt 1 1 lt MVS_MsgLevel gt lt MVS_MsgClass gt X lt MVS_MsgClass gt lt MVS_Notify gt P390 lt MVS_Notify gt MVS Params MVS FileName MVS ComplJobOut 1 MVS ComplJobOut MVS GetMsgClass AB MVS GetMsgClass MVS PugreJob 0 MVS PugreJob M
53. RA Solution RA Agent A UC4 Agent that can be connected to a particular RA Solution and thus provide this solution s functionalities to a UC4 system It is the interface between an external system application platform and a UC4 system RA Solution A solution that is based on the Rapid Automation Technology that allows UC4 to access an external system application platform The RA Solution is supplied as a JAR file that must be loaded to the UC4 Database and connected with an RA Agent The specific RA objects such as Jobs Connections Agent are available in the UC4 system as soon as the solution has been loaded real date The date that is used for checking runtime monitoring or time conditions in the properties of Workflow tasks is referred to as the real date It complies with the top Workflow s activation time It is passed on to all subordinate tasks Automation Engine 311 recurring tasks These tasks are scheduled without using a Schedule object and mostly consist of a period that is less than a day registered This is the status of a task that runs within a group and is waiting for its start RemoteTaskManager It monitors and controls external Jobs that were not started by UC4 A particular UC4 object type report A report provides more detailed information about a task s execution or a UC4 component Result column The first column of dynamic Variable objects with the sources SQL SQL internal and Multi The cont
54. Refer to the table above to get the host name Calendar in Event objects CALEREF Header HEADER Header in executable objects XHEADER Runtime RUNTIME Object specific tab e g Notification in Notification Object type objects Post Process POST SCRIPT Pre Process only the script of Event objects PRE SCRIPT Process Privileges PRIVILEGES Process Process SCRIPT Sync SYNCREF Each tab element contains sub elements which provide information about the specified settings e g the start type Detailed description is available for each object type See also Importing and Exporting Objects Object types 12 2 AgentGroup 12 2 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of an AgentGroup object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 15 gt lt uc export clientvers 8 00 gt HOSTG client 0001 name AGENTGROUP DB system UC4 gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt titel lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2008 08 22 10 36 45 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2008 12 11 16 15 50 3 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt Database lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt Maintenance lt ArchiveKey2 gt lt HEADER gt lt HOSTG state 1 gt lt HostAttrType gt WINDOWS lt HostAttrType gt lt ModeA gt 1 lt ModeA gt Automation Engine 99 lt ModeF gt 0 lt ModeF gt lt ModeN gt 0 lt ModeN gt lt ModeL gt 0 lt Mod
55. TASKVALUE gt lt VALUE state 2 gt lt Values gt row Mod 1 Name amp HOST Value WINO2 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 1 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt s lt node gt lt node content 1 id PVALUE name Parent Values parent type TASKVALUE gt lt node content 0 id PRPTS name Prompt Sets parent type PROMPTSET gt lt node content 0 name Parent Prompt Sets type PPROMPTSET gt lt node content 1 id PRPT JOBSO1 name PRPT JOBSO1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt node content 1 id PRPT JOBSO1 name PRPT JOBSO1 parent PPRPTS type PPROMPTSET gt lt dyntree gt lt dynvalues gt lt calendars CCTypeAll 0 CCTypeNone 0 CCTypeOne 1 CaleOn 0 gt lt nm Automation Engine 287 task gt lt task Col 3 Idnr 1243015 Lnr 3 OType JOBS Object JOBS REORGANIZE Row 1 State Text12 Text2 Text3 WINO1 Text4 Text5 Text6 gt task Col 4 Idnr 1243016 Lnr 4 OType JOBS Object JOBS UNLOAD Row 1 State 1 Text2 Text3 WINO1 Text4 Text5 Text6 gt lt JobpStruct gt lt JOBP gt RUNTIME state 1 gt MaxRetCode 0 MaxRetCode FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0 lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average
56. UC4 component Refers to UC4 programs such as Userlnterfaces the Automation Engine Agents ServiceManagers utilities etc Database relational database management system RDMS that administers all scheduling data from central point It contains object definitions system specifications statistical data job reports etc Insight A separate UC4 product Complex graphical analysis tool for the data of UC4 Automation Platform systems Such as tasks Available for download from the UC4 Download Center Policy Orchestrator A separate UC4 product Can be used to define and administer business rules and trigger Events Available for download from the UC4 Download Center priority Affects the order of task execution within UC4 system Application Release Automation Separate UC4 product that can be used to define administer and activate installation and integration processes and to administer the versions and dependencies of various applications The Deployment processes run via the UC4 Automation Platform Available for download from the UC4 Download Center Automation Engine 313 UC4 Script UC4 s scripting language UC4 Server Old term for UC4 Automation Engine v8 or lower UC4 Service Orchestrator A UC4 product The Service Orchestrator is a perspective of the UC4 Enterprise Control Centers ECC and it is used to handle monitor and analyze the performance of SLAs Service
57. Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Automation Engine 157 Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999
58. Workflow It refers to the execution of processes A particular UC4 object type 314 Chapter Glossary X XML file A format for imports and exports An XML file contains object structures
59. amp gt lt Operator gt lt Op2_type gt VARA lt Op2_type gt lt Op2_sql gt Op2 host Op2 login Op2 server Op2 db Op2 file Op2 vara OUTPUT WEBHELP VARA Op2 vara Op2 keyword FREESPACE Op2 keyword lt Op2_static gt lt EVNT_DB gt See also File System tab Console tab XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Export File Structure 12 9 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an Event object and explains the individual elements 136 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects uc export EVNT XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User def
60. and up to 9999 user defined clients The UC4 Automation Engine processes all messages sent by them with the client priority determining the order in which they are processed Clients of a higher priority are always given priority to clients of a lower priority regardless of the order in which the messages were originally sent The first in first out principle applies when there are two clients with the same priority The message arriving first is processed first e Highest priority 200 e Lowest priority 255 e Default value 200 Automation Engine 33 Task Priority Task priority is not the same as client priority The priority specified for tasks influences the starting order of tasks that are in a waiting condition The task with the highest priority is started first It does however not influence the further processing of these tasks The following list shows possible waiting conditions Waiting for start of parallel task Waiting for SYNC e Waiting for host e Waiting for resource max Jobs exceeded e Waiting for resource max FileTransfers exceeded e Registered The priority of the individual tasks is shown in the Activity Window and can also be changed here Use the command Modify UC4 Priority in the context menu The value specified in here is then valid for this particular execution If the task is started again the previously defined priority applies UC4 Priority Cancel Ay As mentioned above the pr
61. below on the basis of useful examples ACTIVATION Create RuniD PromptSets assigned YES Status Waiting for user input Manual activation via Userlnterface Calling prompt in Userlnterface NO GENERATION Workflow Executes objects in a defined order Schedule Starts objects in predefined intervals Recurring tasks Also run intervals Group Executes objects collectively Script element ACTIVATE UC OBJECT orRESTART UC OBJECT activates objects Object settings Start objects in reaction to defined conditions such as the Post Conditions tab of a Workflow task Manually The Userlnterface provides several ways of executing objects manually e Click on in the toolbar Drag the object to the Activity Window e Right click an object in the UC4 Explorer and select the command Execute Usethe menu File command Execute 18 Chapter 4 Executing Objects The task obtains RunID which is shown in the Activity or Message Window in reports and statistical data RunID task obtains a running number RunID and can thus be clearly identified in the UC4 system See also Executing Objects Stage 2 Generation Stage 3 Processing Stage 4 Completion 4 3 Stage 2 Generation The second stage is object generation The specifications made in the object are now generated and Sync objects or the maximum number of parallel running tasks are checked S
62. between 0 and 99 MrtTime Current date time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone for the current date Name of a TimeZone object Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT in Workflow and Schedule objects SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodkErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected SrtFix Time in seconds for the fixed value Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 SrtErt Percentage for Ert Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtCancel Cancel end only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecute Execute for MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed result Automation Engine 245 Result tab in Workflow and Schedule objects ChkRExec Execute Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected REIseHalt Block only for Workflow tasks Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected RElselgn Ignore only for Workflow tasks Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected REIseJPAbend Cancel Workflow only for Workflow tasks Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options listed above can be selected RExecFlag Only after the last unsuccessful repetition Allowed values 1
63. can also be specified here Evaluating with Linear Regression With this method a tendency of real runtimes RRT is more heavily emphasized than the calculation of the average Also for this method the particular specified number of runs is used ES 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING eoo Lest Monitor Ey LastReport Statistics Print v 20 Variables p gt Execute v b Header 27 Attributes 4y winnows 2p Runtime variables amp Prompts Ep Process 2 Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt fo _ Else execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS Fixed value 0000 00 20 Dyn methodi from the last runs nla ops re ioa 8 at least 20 15 10 5 inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 35 next 00 00 23 Show chart Reset values The number of calculated runs can be reduced so that existing tendencies with real runtimes can be taken into account in an overview 78 Chapter 9 Runtime E 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING 2 Monitor EB tastReport bag Statistics Print 20 Variables Execute v Ep Header 87 attributes 44 WINDOWS 2 Runtime Variables Prompts Process E Documentation
64. changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters immediate start Attribute START TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME 138 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects UC4Priority MaxParallel2 MpElse1 MpElse2 TZ EVNT RepeatTypeR RepeatTypeS RepeatTypeF EventTypeTT EventTypeTS TimePeriodTT TimePeriodTS UCA priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Event tab For Event objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Execution RepeatTypeR Repeated RepeatTypeS Once RepeatTypeF Until the 1st hit Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute EVENT REPEAT Only one of the two options can be selected Timer Control EventTypeTT Execution in intervals of n minutes EventTypeTS Time of execution Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only
65. different setting for monitoring the task s runtime in the Workflow or Schedule this setting overrules the ones that have been defined in the task itself 82 Chapter 9 Runtime Tasks for which runtime monitoring has been specified in a Workflow or Schedule are marked with a T character It is displayed in the graphical view of the Workflow or Schedule Behavior of objects Notification Cancel Cockpit Quit Event Quit FileTransfer Cancel Group Cancel Job Cancel Workflow Cancel Schedule Quit Script Cancel 9 2 3 Monitoring the Minimum Runtime can monitor a task s minimum runtime SRT and react to it if the runtime falls below the minimum runtime The minimum runtime can be a fixed value or be based on the estimated runtime including a deviation percentage For example you can use this function to react to the premature end of a backup process although the task may have ended with ENDED OK The following reaction is possible if runtime falls below the minimum level e Process an executable object If one of the available options for minimum runtime monitoring is selected you must also define a reaction Minimum runtime SRT monitoring can be defined as follows e Runtime tab of the task Properties of the task in a Workflow Runtime tab Properties of the task in a Schedule Runtime tab If the task runs in a Workflow or Schedule you can use the task s settings for runtime monitoring This is the defa
66. gt SQL BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_SQL state 1 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt ServerPort PCO1 ServerPort lt DatabaseName gt Northwind lt DatabaseName gt lt DataSource gt lt ColumnSeparator gt lt ColumnSeparator gt lt ShowHeadline gt 1 lt ShowHeadline gt lt ShowNULL gt 1 lt ShowNULL gt Automation Engine 179 MaxLines 10 MaxLines lt MaxColumnWidth gt 50 lt MaxColumnWidth gt lt RemoveCRLF gt 1 lt RemoveCRLF gt lt SeparatorSubstitute gt lt ATTR_SQL gt UNIX 852000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS 05 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example ATTR UNIX state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt ShellScript gt 1 lt ShellScript gt lt Command gt 0 lt Command gt lt Shell gt ksh lt Shell gt lt ShellOptions gt lt Com gt lt ATTR_UNIX gt VMS BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_VMS state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt OutputFile 0 OutputFile
67. has its own Cache Only the actually used memory is allocated and the Cache size indicates the limit If new entries are stored in the Cache when the limit has been reached a background reorganization process is triggered which removes those entries from the Cache which were longest unused This procedure is continued until the used memory could have been reduced below the specified maximum value Each Cache has its on refresh control to always keep it up to date Hence manual control is not necessary Currently the System Overview only shows the Cache workload utilization of the primary work process If the workload of all work processes is equally distributed however the values obtained from the primary work process also apply to the other work processes The utilization hit ratio is recorded in the log file whenever the Caches change or the work process ends The workload hit ratio of all work processes be controlled in this log file Cache Types The Cache is composed of the following types Script When activating an object the corresponding Script is first searched in the Cache If it cannot be found there or if it has been modified since it has last been stored in the Cache it is read from the database and at the same time replaced in the Cache Vara The Cache type Vara acts in the same way as the Cache type Script It contains the values of Variables MQMEM If a transaction is interrupted e g a Script when the tim
68. have been completed The Agents of the following operating systems support threads OS 400 e Unix Automation Engine 49 e Windows e z OS NSK handles each FileTransfer with a separate process Therefore the NSK Agent has a second port especially for FileTransfers FileTransfers not affected by any connection errors between Automation Engine and Agents they are continued The FileTransfer s actual status is sent to the Automation Engine as soon as the connection could be re established dy The NFS security setting root squash causes problems in FileTransfers with UNIX Agents if it is used in combination with the old FT protocol The reasonis that FileTransfers are always executed under the UNIX user root This error does not occur in the new protocol because FileTransfers under UNIX always run under the user specified in the Login object Status of FTs Thread Process Thread Process Connection FT1 Connection FT2 The following FileTransfer procedures are provided in order to ensure a reliable transfer of files Transmission security The accuracy of transferred data is verified with an MD5 checksum verifier that is embedded in the data stream Data is verified in packets Consistency check for restarted FileTransfers Unlike with the old protocol you cannot repeat individual FileTransfer files selectively Erroneous FileTransfers can be repeated from the last restart point At p
69. have been checked 9 2 5 Time Checkpoint The chronological execution of a Workflow can be monitored with time checkpoints You can only use this type of runtime monitoring in Workflows Specify the time checkpoint by indicating the number of days beginning on the real date of the Workflow the time at which the task should end the TimeZone object that should be used An object that is defined in the Checkpoint tab such as a Notification starts if a Workflow task has not started until the specified point in time If time checkpoints are assigned to a Workflow they become active when the Workflow is activated This is especially important if you use the generate at runtime option 9 3 Forecast It is possible to retrieve information about different runtimes of tasks because forecasts also consider Calendar conditions and the settings specified for the runtime monitoring and the earliest and latest start and end times All executable objects excluding Workflows Groups and Schedules use the estimated runtime ERT for the creation of forecasts One minute is the default value for tasks that do not yet have an ERT e Runtimes of Workflows and Schedules are calculated on the basis of all individual tasks in these objects e Scheduled tasks which run before the forecast s starting point in time are not taken into account this also holds for ENDED 84 Chapter 9 Runtime The estimated runtimes of sc
70. in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export File of an AgentGroup XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 17 Queue 12 17 1 Export File This document shows an example of a Queue object s XML export file Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 9 00 gt QUEUE client 0003 name QUEUE JOBS system UCGLOBAL gt Automation Engine 223 lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2009 11 26 16 10 01 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on on 2009 11 27 08 50 01 7 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 HEADER QUEUE statez 1 MaxSlots 10000 MaxSlots Priority 200 Priority Exceptions row CaleKeyName WORKDAY S CaleName FIRM CALENDAR Description From 12 00 MaxSlotsE 100 PriorityE 50 To 14 00 id 1056103 gt row CaleKeyName CaleName Description From 15 00 MaxSlotsE 50 PriorityE 100 To 16 00 id 0 gt lt Exceptions gt lt ConsiderErt gt 1 ConsiderErt TZ VIENNA TZ lt QUEUE gt lt DOCU_gener
71. internally and must not be changed dyntree SCRIPT MSCRI Automation Engine 259 List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values 0 all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time
72. its own communication queue The work processes file all external tasks for the Agents and Userlnterfaces in this queue The communication process works down the tasks in its queue See also Multi Server Operation 62 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation 8 8 Administrative Tables MQSRV All other tables are used for managing and saving internal tasks All listed processes are managed in Y x n y Y 1 2 1 y d A 7 7 f 1 1 f 1 a 1 NN j j D D 7 002 7 i i A information MQMEM saves activation information in case a work process fails so it can be passed on to the next work See also process ready to take over MQLS is normally only used by primary work process to save local Multi Server Operation 8 9 Starting and Ending Server Processes A UCA system consists of Server processes which run on one or several computers They can easily be started and ended via the ServiceManager dialog program UC4 Script also provides script elements for starting and ending Server processes Starting Server processes is made UCA strongly recommends starting Server processes with a time delay regardless if a normal or cold start Automation Engine 63 1 Start the work process which should serve as the primary work process PWP first Wait until the following message is prin
73. lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 08 32 51 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 08 36 40 5 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt Database lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt Reorganization lt ArchiveKey2 gt ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAll gt O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 2 gt lt Syncs gt row Abend RELEASE Else Wait End RELEASE Name SYSTEM_0001 _ EXCLUSIVE SYNC Start USE id SYSTEM_0001_EXCLUSIVE SYNC gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_SCRI state 2 gt StartType 252 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects IntAccount 555 lt IntAccount lt ActAtRun gt 1 lt ActAtRun gt lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElsei gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt ATTR_SCRI gt lt RUNTIME state 2 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt Ert 0 Ert lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0 lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt
74. must not be changed Keywords List of all Calendar keywords Definition of Calendar keywords CType Type Allowed values S Static Y Annually M Monthly W Weekly Group and R Roll The attributes ErrMsglnsert ErrMsgNr MsgNr and state are used system internally and must not be changed SType Method for filling in Allowed values A absolute interval ValidFrom ValidTo Calculation period Name Name of the Calendar keyword Calendar keyword Static Month Days of the month included in the Calendar keyword mm Two digit number of month yyyy Four digit number of year Calendar keyword Yearly Direction Counting direction Allowed values B from the beginning E from the end Interval Each nt day IntervalEnd Ending with the day format DDMM IntervalStart Starting with the day format DDMM Period Each ni year PeriodEnd Not used PeriodStart Starting year DefDays Selected days 110 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Monthly Weekly Group Roll Calendar keyword Monthly Direction Counting direction Allowed values B from the beginning E from the end Interval Each nth day IntervalEnd Ending with day n IntervalStart Starting with day n Period Each nt month PeriodEnd Ending with month n PeriodStart Starting with month n DefDays The nt day of the month calculated from the beginning or end Calendar keyword of type
75. must not be changed Maximum number of parallel running tasks in a Queue object Value between 1 and 99999 Value 1 corresponds to unlimited Priority of a Queue object s tasks Value between 0 and 255 Exceptions ConsiderErt TZ DOCU_Title DOC See also Automation Engine 225 List of Queue exceptions Attributes for each definition of an exception row CaleName Calendar object for the selection of days on which an exception occurs CaleKeyName Calendar keyword of the specified Calendar object From Time in the format HH MM from which on an exception applies To Time in the format HH MM End time for the exception s validity Description Descriptive short text MaxSlotsE Maximum Queue slots for the period of an exception PriorityE Modified priority for the exception period Consideration of ERT for exceptions Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximum 8 characters Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export File of a Queue XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 18 RemoteTaskManager 12 18 1 Export
76. must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Syncs ATTR_JSCH StartType IntAccount Automation Engine 241 Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR Object type objects The a
77. nl 1 text Time tooltip gt lt properties gt entry listparam TI name reference gt UC_DATATYPE_TIME lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Time lt entry gt lt entry name min gt lt entry name max gt lt entry name id gt time1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt time lt entry gt lt properties gt lt time gt lt datefield alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id date1 max min nl 1 strict 1 text Date tooltip gt lt properties gt entry listparam D TS name reference gt entry name calendar gt CALE lt entry gt lt entry name key gt STATIC lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Date lt entry gt lt entry name min gt lt entry name max gt entry name outputformat gt date1 lt entry gt entry name id gt date1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt date lt entry gt lt properties gt lt datefield gt lt datefield alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus id timestamp2 max min mode timestamp nl 1 strict 1 text Timestamp tooltip gt lt properties gt entry listparam TS name refer
78. not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export file of a Cockpit XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 118 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 12 6 CodeTable 12 6 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a CodeTable object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt CODE client 0000 name UC_CODE system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt Standard code for JOBS lt Title gt lt Created gt lt Modified gt System UC4 on 2005 03 31 16 11 18 4x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt CODE state 1 gt lt CodeDef gt data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lt data gt lt attr gt
79. object has extra elements for its tabs e g XHEADER for the Header tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed e The documentation tabs have the additional attribute type It shows the values text or xml depending on whether it refers to regular or structured documentation lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 15 gt lt uc export clientvers 8 00 gt CALL client 0014 name DAY_SHIFT system UC2T lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt ATTR_CALL state 1 gt lt NOTIFICATION state 1 gt CALL state 1 gt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt VALUE state 1 gt SCRIPT state 1 tidy 1 gt lt DOCU_Allgemein state 1 type text gt DOCU Details state 1 type xml lt gt lt VARA VRName FRET client 0014 name VARA DATABASE MAINTENANCE system UC2T HEADER state 1 gt lt ATTR_VARA state 1 gt lt VARA state 1 gt lt DOCU_Allgemein state 1 type text gt lt DOCU_Details state 1 type xml gt lt VARA gt lt uc export gt a The element names for the tabs are as shown below Attributes ATTR_object type UserGroups in User objects USRGU Authorizations UACL Child Post Process SAP jobs IPOST SCRIPT Documentation DOCU _title Event EVNT Form in PeopleSoft jobs ATTR PS FORM Form in SAP jobs ATTR R3 FORM 98 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Host attributes e g ATTR_PS ATTR_host
80. one of the two options can be selected TimePeriodTT Minutes Value ranging between 0 and 9999 TimePeriodTS Point in time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 TExecTypeT TExecTypeS TExecTypeN TExecTypeE RUNTIME MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Automation Engine 139 First execution After time is expired TExecTypeS Immediately Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Attribute EVENT_FIRST_EXEC Only one of the two options can be selected Start after scheduled time TExecTypeN Do not execute TExecTypeE Execute Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Attribute EVENT_START_AFTER_SCH Only one of the two options can be selected Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Retum code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixe
81. selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated 202 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Priority JobName QueueName Windows Start parameter Priority Priority Value between 0 and 999 Attribute PRIORITY P JobName Job name maximum 39 characters Attribute JOB NAME JN QueueName Queue name maximum 31 characters Attribute VMS QUEUE NAME General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR WIN OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile IsGenerated BAT COM WinBatch Standard Minimized Maximized Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputD bEr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Type BAT BAT COM KDO WinBatch WinBatch Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Attribute WIN_TYP View Standard Normal Minimized Minimized Maximized Maximized Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Attribute WIN VIEW Automation Engine 203 JObjDefault Job object JObjY ene JObjDefault St
82. that a Server process changes to nonstop Server mode No other specifications are required to install and configure the UC4 AutomationEngine The starting order of the Server processes is decisive for the classification of Server processes The Server processes that start first are set active The other computer including its Server processes becomes the UC4 nonstop Server e Only work processes can become nonstop processes Communication processes are always active At least one communication process should be available on the computer with the nonstop processes in order to ensure that the nonstop processes can proceed The UCA Nonstop Server takes over processing if it does not receive any message from the primary work process for a specified period of time This timespan can be defined in the UC4 Automation Engine s INI file using the parameter alivetimeout section TCP IP UC4 strongly recommends changing the default value only if necessary Script Use the script element GET UC SETTING in order to retrieve a Server process type Return code is supplied if the Server process is a nonstop process See also 60 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation Server processes Number of Server processes 8 6 Number of Server Processes Each UC4 system requires at least one communication process and one work process If necessary the number of Server processes can be increased at any time The communication workload should be well
83. that have been defined in the object amp VAR1 is set to the value JOBP1 and amp TEXT 1 is set to text Workflow value Task 6 The next Workflow task inherits all the Workflow s variables including amp VAR3 This variable has been passed on to the Workflow by task 4 42 Chapter 4 Executing Objects PARENT CHILD Workflow Object variables Variable amp VAR1 amp amp VAR2 PromptSets Object variables Variable Value amp 1 TASK1 Inherit from parent PRPT1 Text field sx amp COMBO1 combo Variable Value amp VAR2 TASK2 Inherit from parent Only defined variables VAR1 Object variables VAR2 Variable Value 7 TEXT amp VAR3 TASK3 COMBO1 Inherit from parent All variables e VAR3 Object variables Variable Value INDIVIDUAL TASK amp VARAR TASK4 l VARI p VAR2 Inherit from parent 1 Object variables Variable amp VARI amp TEXT1 PSET amp VAR3 PSET SET amp RET ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT VAR1 Inherit from parent 5 5 PASS VALUES TEXTI Only defined variables PRPT2 Text field amp TEXT2 Combo box amp COMBO1 VAR1 VAR2 Object variables VAR
84. the same name in the Attributes tab task TimePeriod after Automation Engine 243 Individual tasks of the Schedule Attributes per task Idnr Internal number of the object OH_IDNR Lnr Run number of the task in the Schedule OType Short form of the object type Object Name of the object Text1 Not used Text2 Short form of the specified conditions separated by A C S T R Text3 Short form of the object type Text4 Not used Text5 Start time in the format DD HH MM Time of the period turnaround Value between 00 00 and 23 59 Start time tab ActFlg Active Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected ElstStDays Period start n Days Value between 0 and 99 ErlstStTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 244 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects runtime Runtime tab in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtOn Use MRT SRT settings of the task Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options listed above can be selected MrtFix Time in seconds for the fixed value Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 MrtErt Percentage for Ert Value ranging between 0 and 999 MrtDys Current date n days Value ranging
85. time Status Waiting for start time YES Restart time ex led Script processed Status Te Ready for start Status Waiting for restart time Status Registered Priority and FIFO selection Automation Engine 23 Generation Script The script is processed directly after the activation stage not Generate at runtime v Manual In manual executions with options you can select the option Wait for manual release release Tasks must be released in the Activity Window before their start can be initiated Sync The system checks if the specified Sync objects are available verification v Parallel Use the Attributes tab to specify the maximum number of object executions which can running run parallel tasks p Script The script is processed just before the processing stage begins Generate at runtime 24 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Script processing in detail Script Processing Determine an Agent of the AgentGroup Task runs in an AgentGroup Process Pre Script only for Jobs Display attribute Confirmed attribute dialog dialog with OK Process HEADER only for Jobs Process Script Process TRAILER only for Jobs Create JCL only for Jobs Ay Not every script type is processed in the generation stage Process of Event objects and Child Post Processes are executed in the processing state Post Processes are processed i
86. values O all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS or PPRPTS PROMPTSET definitions with the attributes client UC4 client idnr internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system It includes the PROMPTBOX element with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time calendars RUNTIME MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Automation Engine 247 Calendar tab in Workflow and Schedule objects CCTypeAll Execute if all conditions match Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected CCTypeNone Execute if no condition matches Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected CCTypeOne Execute if one condition matches Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options listed above can be selected CaleOn Calendar Allowed values 1 Calendar conditions are set and 0 Calendar is not used Attributes per Calendar definition cale CaleKeyName Calendar keyword CaleName Name of the Calendar object id Intemal number of the Calendar object OH_Id
87. 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Automation Engine 141 Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodkErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 142 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects dyntree PRE_SCRIPT PSCRI List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content availab
88. 0 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 25 20 15 10 5 inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 35 next 00 00 23 The saved real runtimes can be displayed in a curve diagram The real runtimes and the estimated runtimes the latter beginning one position to the right can be compared The diagram begins with the oldest real runtime and ends with the estimated runtime of the next run See also Runtime tab 9 1 3 Estimated Runtime ERT The estimated runtime ERT is the expected time for the next execution of a task The abbreviation ERT stands for Estimated Runtime The ERT itself is calculated from the real runtime RRT of the last 25 properly executed task runs It is the central value for dynamic runtime monitoring calculations for making forecasts and for calculating the most recent ending of a task The estimated runtime is calculated immediately after the task s run from the last and the previous RRTs How the time is specified depends on the selected dynamic method It should provide a highly realistic runtime for the next activation of a task 9 If does not often occur that a task runs and ends several times at the same time In this case it could happen that one of the executions is not included in the ERT calculation This is due to the locking mechanisms that are provided in the UC4 database 72 Chapter 9 Runtime If the estimated runtime should be used for runtime monitorin
89. 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 25 20 15 10 5 inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 35 next 00 00 23 For a better understanding of this relationship both runtimes can be displayed in the form of a diagram The real runtime is displayed in blue the estimated runtime in green When duplicating objects the settings in the Runtime tab and the calculated RRTS and RTS are taken This is also occurs when objects are transported The runtime represents a task s execution time This is the period between its start and end in other words the time during which the task is active Its activation time is not included in the runtime The time a task spends waiting for the host is also not included in the runtime Automation Engine 71 9 1 2 Real Runtime RRT The real runtime RRT is the time which passes from the start of a task until its end The abbreviation ERT stands for Real Runtime The RRT is required as the basis for calculating the estimated runtime ERT of a task The real runtimes of the task s last 25 runs are saved with the object data Only those runs which end with the status ENDED OK are taken into account Canceled or restarted runs are not saved The smallest possible real runtime amounts to one second Tasks with a shorter real runtime are rounded up to one second 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 0
90. 003 For CP004 and CP005 CPs CP004 and CP005 have to be combined in one net area For this purpose you have to set the parameter NetArea Section TCP IP in the Automation Engine s INI file of these CPs Make sure that you use a different value from the one defined for the CPs in Network 1 in this case OuterNet Inthe INI file parameter cp of the Agents of Network 2 you can use the connection data of either CP004 and CP005 The following INI file parameters must be specified in the Automation Engine Network 1 GLOBAL system UC4 AIRE pwpport 2270 NetArea InnerNet PORTS 1 2217 2 2218 3 2219 1 2271 2 2272 wp3 2273 Network 2 GLOBAL system UC4 TE pwpport 2270 NetArea OuterNet PORTS 4 2220 5 2221 wpl 2271 wp2 2272 wp3 2273 Automation Engine 69 ServiceManager When you start Server processes or Agents via the Userlnterface s System Overview by using the script element MODIFY SYSTEM the WP selects a CP and the CP contacts the responsible Service Manager If the CPs are located in different net areas within the UC4 system this fact is considered for the CP selection The following behavior applies 1 Start an Agent CP or WP by using the script element MODIFY SYSTEM or via the System Overview Note that on startup via the System Overview the CP to which the Userlnterface is connected passes the request on to a WP 2 Theres
91. 0101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101030 1010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101 0101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010 1010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101 0101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010 10101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010 1010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101010101 010101 lt attr gt lt CodeDef gt lt CODE gt lt DOCU_General state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA CodeTable UC CODE 11 gt DOC DOCU General CODE lt uc export gt See also CodeTable Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Automation Engine 119 12 6 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Table object and explains the individual elements uc export CODE HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed CODE Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title U
92. 2 16 13 Export Filey eue so te teens ERR i A RS dau 216 12 16 2 Export File Structure 2 2 221 122 QUOUC dosha nner 222 12 17 1 Expott File ente REI EO OE e M ee 222 12 17 2 Export File Structure 4 223 12 18 RemoteTaskManager 2 42424 20 0 00202020222 225 12 18 1 Export File 225 12 18 2 eed be UY 227 Processes in PeopleSoft 22 2 2 227 All Jobsir SAP X nte 228 Intercepted Jobs In SAP Une edo Ip PR E YS EE teens 229 12 19 3 EXxport File Str cture ar RA DR a Ubi ue id ii 230 12 19 Schedule ute e Da ictus sut e t eausa ra tinci 237 121951 Expott File eere be 237 12 19 2 Export File Structure 44 2 0 0 0 0 02 22 22 2 2222 240 12 205 251 12 20 EXPOM File efe te eee et Naat tpt eal 251 12 20 2 Export File Structure 2 4
93. 3 Inherit from parent See also Data Types of Script Variables Automation Engine 43 4 13 Dialog Mode Input masks which can be created using the script statement READ are displayed if a script runs in dialog mode The system assumes that a User who is logged on to the Userlnterface at this point in time can react to such a mask Whether a script runs in dialog mode depends on the setting Generate at runtime which is available in the Attributes tab Ay A script does not run in dialog mode if Generate at runtime has been activated in its object A script runs in dialog mode if e the option Generate at runtime has NOT been activated in the task for exceptions see below e andthe task is activated manually e orthe task runs in a group which is processed via a call and not via a queue A script does not run in dialog mode if e the option Generate at runtime has been specified in the task e the option Generate at runtime has been activated in the Workflow in which the task will run If several Workflows are nested the settings of the top Workflow apply e thetask runs in a Schedule e thetask is activated using a script function such as ACTIVATE UC OBJECT aCallAPI starts the task e the task is activated via an object setting e g in the Result tab of a Workflow the task runs in a group which serves as a queue dy Use the script function GET with the attribute DCMODUS to find out whether
94. 4 253 OAV ING E a T EAE y 260 12 21 EX POM o oce IEEE RD SERERE 260 12 2 1 2 EXport File Str ct re ou dd ee Slee 261 12 22 TI meZorne nen sand 264 12 22 71 sean ra Seen Sates a Sete ia 264 12 22 2 Export File Structure 2 2 265 A223 SCM EE 267 12 23 1 EXDOILEIG ctr etait ca EN ft gee ree ee ids oe as 267 12 23 2 Export File Structure 4 4 3 020 0 2 268 12 24 USGrGIOUD 272 12 24 4 Export E 272 12 24 2 Export File Structure NOS E eee ee HL 273 12 25 cece oc soe a Re ec 276 12 25 EXportFIle oo eile oan e t subd TEE UE TEUER uri 276 12 25 2 Dynamic Variable Types 24 4 10 278 x Contents ge hal et hee poh he te as EE T 278 Tala tah d 278 EET 279 279 Data type
95. 4 Host S F5 Login F6 Login T F7 File name S F8 File name T PRIVILEGES PrivList USRGU Members Automation Engine 271 Privileges tab in User and UserGroup objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Privileges B1 Change system status STOP GO B2 Access to System Overview B4 Access to Recycle Bin B8 Access to Transport Case B16 Vie messages from own user group B32 View messages to administrators B64 View messages from own client B128 View security messages B256 Not used B512 Not used B1024 Access to selective statistics B2048 Not used B4096 Not used B8192 Deal with authorizations at object level B16384 Modify the status of a task manually B32768 Object properties Allow manual reset of Edit Hint B65536 FileTransfer Start without User ID B131072 Not used B262144 View server usage of all clients B524288 Access to No Folder B1048576 Logon via CallAPI B2097152 SAP Criteria Manager B4194304 Access to Version Management B8388608 Access to Auto Forecast Allowed values 1 and 0 1 Privilege was granted Q Privilege was not granted UserGroup tab in User objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of UserGroups Attributes per UserGroup row id Intemal number of the User group object OH v0 Name of the UserGroup v1 USR
96. 5 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example ATTR 2 state 1 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt SAP gt 0 lt SAP gt lt MBeanServerLocal gt 1 lt MBeanServerLocal gt lt AgentID gt lt MBeanServerCreate gt 0 lt MBeanServerCreate gt lt Remote gt 0 lt Remote gt lt InitialContextFactory gt ServerURL service jmx rmi localhost 9004 jmxrmi lt ServerURL gt lt ATTR_JMX gt lt ATTR_JMX_FORM state 1 gt lt jmx1i gt lt MSCRI gt SCRIPT lt MSCRI gt lt gt lt ATTR_JMX_FORM gt MPE BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_MPE state 2 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt JobName gt 1 lt JobName gt Queue 0 Queue lt InputPriority gt O lt InputPriority gt lt HIPRI gt O lt HIPRI gt lt Other gt lt ATTR_MPE gt NSK Automation Engine 175 BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_NSK state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt
97. 512 Not used B1024 Access to selective statistics B2048 Not used B4096 Not used B8192 Deal with authorizations at object level B16384 Modify the status of a task manually B32768 Object properties Allow manual reset of Edit Hint B65536 FileTransfer Start without User ID B131072 Not used B262144 View server usage of all clients B524288 Access to lt No Folder gt B1048576 Logon via CallAPI B2097152 SAP Criteria Manager B4194304 Access to Version Management B8388608 Access to Auto Forecast Allowed values 1 and 0 1 Privilege was granted 0 Privilege was not granted Documentation tab in allobjects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export file of a UserGroup XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 276 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 12 25 Variable 12 25 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Variable object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt VARA client 0003 name VARA DATABASE MAINTENANCE system UCGLOBAL gt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Creat
98. 59 15 gt uc export clientvers 8 00 gt CALL client 0014 name DAY 5 system UC2T VARA OVD VRName FRETI client 0014 name VARA DATABASE MAINTENANCE system UC2T lt uc export gt As is typical for XML files the export file starts with the XML declaration It is followed by the main element lt uc export clientvers Version gt which contains the particular version of the UC4 system from which the export was initiated The XML structure of the objects are listed within the main element The very first element bears the short form of the object type and its attributes inform about the client and name of the object and the UC4 system Ay Note that the first element of jobs is not JOBS It is named according to the particular platform Ay Events and RemoteTaskManagers are also classified according to their types Exceptions are listed in the table shown below Console Event EVNT CONS Database Event EVNT DB FileSystem Event EVNT_FILE Time Event EVNT_TIME RemoteTaskManager for PeopleSoft PS RemoteTaskManager for SAP JOBQ_R3 Job BS2000 JOBS_BS2000 Job GCOS8 JOBS_GCOS8 Job MPE JOBS_MPE Job NSK JOBS NSK Job Oracle Applications JOBS OA Job z OS JOBS MVS Job OS 400 JOBS OS400 Automation Engine 97 Job PeopleSoft JOBS PS Job RA JOBS CIT Job SAP JOBS R3 Job Siebel JOBS SIEBEL Job UNIX JOBS UNIX Job VMS JOBS VMS Job Windows JOBS WINDOWS Object Structure Each
99. 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt lt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt lt 1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1 gt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1i gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt DOCU General state L type text gt DOC DOCU General JOBP lt uc export gt See also Workflow Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 26 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Workflow object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created JOBP Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Automation Engine 289 Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER
100. 8 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt I CDATA SET amp DATEZ SYS_DATE DD MM YYYY 208 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects WEEKDAY_NR DD MM YYYY amp DATE 5 ADD_ATT RECIPIENT GREEN UC4 ENDIF gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_General state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATAL Notification for the dayshift gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt DOCU_Details state 1 type xml gt lt DOC gt I CDATA lt xml version 1 0 encoding SO 8859 1 gt lt DOCTYPE Description lt ELEMENT Description PCDATA gt lt ELEMENT Content Description Objects Release Notes gt lt ELEMENT Objects EMPTY gt lt ELEMENT Release Notes EMPTY gt gt lt Content gt lt Description gt Infos http www uc4 com lt Description gt lt Objects gt lt Modification Archive gt lt Content gt gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_Details gt lt CALL gt lt uc export gt See also Notification Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 15 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Notification object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the expor
101. 859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt JOBG client 0003 name MM GROUPO1 system UCGLOBAL gt lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 16 08 42 58 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 16 08 45 56 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAll gt O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JOBG state 1 gt lt MaxParallel gt 1 lt MaxParallel gt StartModeCommand 1 StartModeCommand lt StartModeAuto gt 0 lt StartModeAuto gt lt AModeJP gt 1 lt AModeJP gt lt AModeMan gt 1 lt AModeMan gt 160 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ActAtRun O ActAtRun lt TZ gt lt ATTR_JOBG gt lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt Mrt
102. 99 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Automation Engine 257 ErtDynMethod Settings for ERT calculation ErtCnt 3 ErtCorr These values are part of the dynamic calculation method Ertlgn ErtDynMethod Method ErtlgnFlg Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtMinCnt ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 MrtMethodNone Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodDate MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected MrtFix Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 MrtErt Percentage for MRT
103. 999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 158 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects dyntree SCRIPT MSCRI List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values O all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structur
104. AS CaleName UC_HOLIDAYS A Offset 0 Operatorz RCaleIdnr 1533008 RCalekeyName WORKDAYS RCaleName z FIRM CALENDAR id 97 gt lt Collisions gt lt Roll gt lt Keyword gt See also XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 4 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Calendar object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created CALE Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system HEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title Title User defined max 255 characters Created Modified LastUsed CALE CaleData Keyword Static Yearly Automation Engine 109 Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Calendar tab in Calendar objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Calendar definition CaleData content of the Calendar The attribute periods is used system internally and
105. Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE 184 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects TZ HOSTATTRIBUTE see below RUNTIME MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Tab for the host attributes only in Jobs ATTR_host The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Return code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Automation Engine 185 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculatio
106. B256 gt 0 lt B256 gt lt B512 gt 0 lt B512 gt lt B1024 gt 1 lt B1024 gt lt B2048 gt 0 lt B2048 gt lt B4096 gt 0 lt B4096 gt lt B8192 gt 1 lt B8192 gt lt 16384 gt 1 lt 16384 gt lt B32768 gt 1 lt B32768 gt lt B65536 gt 1 lt B65536 gt lt B131072 gt 0 lt B131072 gt lt B262144 gt 1 lt B262144 gt lt B524288 gt 1 lt B524288 gt lt B1048576 gt 1 lt B1048576 gt lt B2097152 gt 1 lt B2097152 gt lt B4194304 gt 1 lt B4194304 gt lt 8388608 gt 1 lt 8388608 gt lt PrivList gt lt PRIVILEGES gt DOCU General state 1 type text gt DOC DOCU General USER lt uc export gt See also UserGroup Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 24 2 Export File Structure Automation Engine 273 The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an UserGroup object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created USRG Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system 274 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed UACL Rights Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255
107. Connection Enable Secure Network Connection SNC mynamerfc Secure Network Connection My name Snc partnername Secure Network Connection SNC Partner name Secure Network Connection Level of Security rfcSysnr General Connection Parameter System Number Connection Type Specific Application Server r fcSystem name General Connection Parameter System Name Connection Type Specific Application Server r fcUse load balancing General Use Connection Type Balanced Group Selection rfcUserid General Login Data User sbbEnabled Interfaces BW XBP Use UC4 Interface xalBackground syslog Interfaces BW XAL Enable system log on failure xalMonitor Interfaces BW XAL Monitor xalMonitorSet Interfaces BW XAL MonitorSet xalMTShortname Interfaces BW XAL MTS Name xalVersion Interfaces BW XAL Interface version xbpAuditlevel Interfaces BW XBP Audit level xbpSteps Interfaces BW XBP Combine Job steps 128 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export File of a Con
108. E JN EnterParameter Enter parameter maximum 255 characters Attribute ENTER PARAMS ENTER PAR EP General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR GCOS8 OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated 190 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Urgency Start parameter Snumb ident Urgency Urgency JelJob Value between 0 and 63 Attribute GCOS8 URGENCY Snumb SNUMB maximum 5 characters Attribute GCOS_SNUMB Ident IDENT maximum 63 characters Attribute GCOS8 IDENT JclJob Include Job maximum 255 characters Attribute GCOS8 JCLJOB JMX General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR_JMX OutputDb Job report OutputDbErr OutputFile OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbEr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated SAP Remote MBeanServerLocal AgentlD MBeanServerCr
109. ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0 SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name amp HOST Value unix0O1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt 288 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt
110. ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 0 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 1 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0O SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 1 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt CALL_TAG lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt VALUE state 1 gt Values row Name z amp HOSTz Value unix01 gt Nalues Mode 0 Mode NALUE node node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS Automation Engine 253 type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt lt checkgroup1 altview
111. Execute Else Name of an executable object PeopleSoft and SAP tab in RemoteTaskManager objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Filter of the RemoteTaskManager The attributes HOSTAttrType QTypeMsgNr Text MaxLen MaxValue MinValue MsgNr Name OR and Type are used system internally and must not be changed Filter specifications The attributes OP and text are used system internally and must not be changed Value Value of the particular filter specification text number or timestamp in the format YYYY MM DDTHH MM SS Filter specifications are available in the element filter of the attribute name Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 234 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt Retum code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three opti
112. Fixed value 0000 00 20 2 Dyn method Average A v a v j atle 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 20 max 00 00 20 next 00 00 20 show chart Reset values Forecast The completed execution is assessed too low because the real runtime is mostly above the set value Therefore the forecast cannot give realistic values Minimum Runtime Supervision Occasional ELSE actions occur because the real runtime is mostly above the specified ERT Maximum Runtime Supervision Too many ELSE actions occur because the specified ERT is exceeded Setting the Latest Possible End The estimated runtime of the task is too short because the fixed value is set too low Therefore a task is often started although there is not enough time for a real run due to the setting of the latest possible end Evaluating with Average This method calculates the average from the possible 25 real runtimes RRT of a task If all RRTs are used extreme deviations with real runtimes not emphasized heavily As a result the curve will level out 76 Chapter 9 Runtime 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING A save v Last Monitor Ec Last Report 4 Statistics amp Print EU Variables gt Execute Y Ep Header 87 Attributes 44 WINDOWS 26 Runtime Variables amp Prompts Ep Process Documentation
113. G object type of the UserGroup 272 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 9906 orig Documgntatieerahion tab Depending on the trecle PHATA section contains the text or the XML structure The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC See also Export file of a User XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 24 UserGroup 12 24 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of an UserGroup object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt USRG client 0003 name ADMIN system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt Administrators lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 23 11 04 21 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 23 12 04 01 2 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt UACL state 1 gt lt Rights gt row AL 1 1 B1 1 B2 1 3 1 4 1 B5 1 B6 1 7 1 8 1 Fle ppc E3c F4 pE5E poop PRS E gt Rights UACL PRIVILEGES state 1 gt lt PrivList gt lt 1 gt 1 lt gt lt 2 gt 1 lt 2 gt lt 4 gt 1 lt 4 gt lt 8 gt 1 lt 8 gt lt 16 gt 1 lt 16 gt lt B32 gt 1 lt B32 gt lt B64 gt 1 lt B64 gt lt B128 gt 1 lt B128 gt lt
114. HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected SYNCREF Syncs ATTR_SCRI StartType IntAccount ActAtRun UC4Priority MaxParallel2 Automation Engine 255 Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGro
115. INPV2 Login ABC BROWN Pass Type WINDOWS gt lt Logins gt lt LOGIN gt lt DOCU_General state L1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt LOGIN gt lt uc export gt See also Login Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 14 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Login object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created LOGIN Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system HEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title Title User defined max 255 characters Created Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Modified LastUsed LOGIN Logins DOCU_ Title DOC See also Automation Engine 205 Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Login tab in Login objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Login list Attributes per Login definition row Host Name of
116. MaxLen 32 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6007 Name Event Identification OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt filter MaxLen 64 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6008 Name Event Parameter OR 0 gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt filter MaxLen 3 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6009 Name Client OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt row Value 050 gt lt operator gt lt filter gt filter MaxLen 12 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6010 Name Job group OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt QmFilters gt lt JOBQ_R3 gt Intercepted Jobs in SAP Processes in PeopleSoft All Jobs in SAP Intercepted Jobs in SAP Example lt JOBQ_R3 state 1 gt lt Qm Filters HOSTAttrType R3 QTypeMsgNr 6401 Text SAP Intercepted 7055 gt lt filter MaxLen 32 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6000 Name Job name 230 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt row Valuez PRD operator lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 8 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6001 Name Job count OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 12 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6002 Name User name job initiator OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt row Value SMITH gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 0 MaxValue 0 MinValue
117. MethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt 0 lt SrtFix gt lt SrtMethodErt gt 0 lt SrtMethodErt gt SrtErt 0 SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name HOST Value unix0O1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt Automation Engine 161 lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobo
118. NS state 1 gt HostDst 065400 OS400A lt HostDst lt 05400 MsgType 1 0S400 MsgType lt 05400 5 gt 1 lt 05400 Severity lt 05400 Filter row 054 _Filteri OS4_MsgFilter IEF1251 gt OS400 Filter EVNT CONS SAP BS2000 z OS 0S 400 SAP Windows Example EVNT CONS state 1 gt HostDst R3 SAPO1 HostDst R3 EventSubType S1 R3 EventSubType R3 Filter row R3 Filter12 TEST R3 Filter22 2 R3 Filter32 VWGSAPO1 45 01 gt R3 Filter EVNT CONS Windows BS2000 z OS OS 400 SAP Windows Example EVNT CONS state 1 gt HostDst WINDOWS WINO1 HostDst WINDOWS EventSubType EY System WINDOWS EventSubType WINDOWS Source RemoteAccess WINDOWS Source WINDOWS Category 0 WINDOWS Category WINDOWS Filter row WIN Filter12 20158 WIN Filter22 4 04 Information WIN Filter32 WIN MsgFilter gt Automation Engine 135 WINDOWS Filter EVNT CONS Database Event Example EVNT DB lt 1 type SQL Op1 type lt 1 sql SELECT FROM Orders lt Op1_sql gt lt 1 host SQLO1 c Op1 host lt 1 login LOGIN GLOBAL Op1 login lt 1 server dbserverO1 c Op1 server lt Opi_db gt northwind lt Op1_db gt lt 1 file lt 1 vara lt 0 gt lt 1 gt lt Operator gt F amp
119. ONE Automation 2013 A 4 A 9 kh fy 4 i 8 B 4 6 j 1 i L 27 i Lam Y y Inside UC4 Guide Version 9 12 0 Date 2015 03 Automic Software GmbH ii Copyright Copyright Automic and the Automic logo are trademarks owned by Automic Software GmbH Automic All such trademarks can be used by permission only and are subject to the written license terms This software computer program is proprietary and confidential to Automic Software and is only available for access and use under approved written license terms This software computer program is further protected by copyright laws international treaties and other domestic and international laws and any unauthorized access or use gives rise to civil and criminal penalties Unauthorized copying or other reproduction of any form in whole or in part disassembly decompilation reverse engineering modification and development of any derivative works are all strictly prohibited and any party or person engaging in such will be prosecuted by Automic No liability is accepted for any changes mistakes printing or production errors Reproduction in whole or in part without permission is prohibited Copyright Automic Software GmbH All rights reserved Automation Engine _ iii Contents Quer am PE TN 1 TA 5 9 e eoru dac ine bote Ser et ee eae Edda det 1 General
120. Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process 260 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a script XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 21 Sync 12 21 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Sync object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt SYNC client 0003 name DB STATUS system UCGLOBAL gt XHEADER state 1 gt Title Created John Smith on 2005 03 14 08 31 40 lt Created gt lt Modified John Smith on 2005 03 12 08 38 10 1 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAll gt 0O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt ATTR_SYNC state 1 gt CurrState SHARE CurrState Valu
121. Settings for the target host HostDst Name of the Agent Attribute FT DST HOST CodeNameDst Name of the CodeTable object Attribute FT DST CODE LoginDst Name of the Login object Attributes FT DST LOGIN FT DST USERID FT DST LOGIN INFO FT DST GROUPNAME FT DST DOMAIN FT DST CLIENT FT DST ACCOUNT FileNameDst File path s and name s maximal 512 characters Attribute FT DST FILE FileAttrDst File attributes maximal 255 characters Attribute FT DST FILE ATTRIBUTES FileTransfer with wildcard characters WildCard Use wildcards Allowed values 0 not selected and 1 selected Attribute FT WILDCARDS The following two values are only relevant if use wildcards was selected MaxParallel Max parallel running transfers Value ranging between 1 and 999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TRANSFERS RepeatType Include sub directories Allowed values 0 not selected and 1 selected Attribute FT INCLUDE SUB DIR Erase source file Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute FT ERASE SRC FILE Format of the file s TextTypeText Text TextTypeBin Binary Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute FT FILE TYPE Only one of the two options can be selected OvCancel OvOverwrite OvAppend RUNTIME MaxRetCode FcstStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Automation Engine 155 Handling existing files OvCancel Cancel OvOverwrite
122. Specifications This document includes examples for the specific XML elements of the various RemoteTaskManager object types Processes in PeopleSoft Processes in PeopleSoft All Jobs in SAP Intercepted Jobs in SAP Example JOBQ PS state 1 gt QmFilters HOSTAttrType PS QTypeMsgNr 6402 Text PeopleSoft Process Requests gt lt filter MaxLen 30 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6011 Name User Identification Operator ID OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E Text gt lt row Value SMITH gt lt operator gt 228 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 30 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6012 Name Process Type OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E Text gt lt row Value SQR gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 12 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6013 Name Process Name OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E Text gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 0 MaxValue 2147483647 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6014 Name Process Instance OR 0 Type L gt lt operator Op G Text gt lt operator Op L Text gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 30 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6015 Name Server name OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E Text gt lt row Value PSUNX gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt QmFilters gt JOBQ PS All Jobs in SAP Processes in PeopleSoft All Jobs in SAP Intercepted Jobs i
123. The perspectives 310 Chapter Glossary Process Automation and Process Monitoring provide functionalities of the UC4 Automation Platform Process Automation The old name of the Service Catalog perspective Process Assembly A perspective of the Enterprise Control Centers You use it to create define and modify Workflows Process Monitoring A perspective of the Enterprise Control Center It lists the activities of all users and provides the opportunity to manipulate them you can cancel or deactivate them predefined variables Fixed variables that can be used in the attributes or the script of executable objects The values refer to the object or the system primary work process It is responsible for the execution of UC4 internal tasks and work processes PromptSet A user defined input mask for executable objects A UC4 object type PromptSet element Fields control elements that are used to query User values They are the content of a PromptSet input mask PromptSet variable It stores the value of a PromptSet element Depending on the situation a value can be user defined or a default value PromptSet variables show the same behavior as object variables Queue A Queue determines the maximum number of concurrent tasks their priorities and the order in which tasks should be executed A particular UC4 object type Rapid Automation RA A generic technology that can include various solutions 15 composed of an RA Agent and an
124. Type IntAccount 258 IntAccount lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElse1i gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt lt Priority gt 2 Normal lt Priority gt lt Type gt 1 Message lt Type gt lt Text gt A problem occurred during the partial backup lt Text gt ActAtRun O ActAtRun lt TZ gt lt ATTR_CALL gt lt CALL state 1 gt lt Cond gt row CaleKeyName WORKDAYS CaleName WORK USR_Idnr SMITH UC4 id 1315068 gt lt Cond gt lt EscTime gt 0O lt EscTime gt Object AutoDeact 1 AutoDeact lt External1 gt 0 lt Externall gt lt External2 gt 1 lt External2 gt lt CALL gt lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt Ert 0 Ert lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt lt ErtDynMethod gt 2 average lt ErtDynMethod gt lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt Automation Engine 207 MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O l
125. Unit Unit Allowed values O host specific 1 Byte 2 3 MB 4 GB and 5 TB Attribute EVENT COMP UNIT Console Event BS2000 EVNT CONS Console Event HostDst Std Filter 2 05 in Console Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Attributes for BS2000 HostDst Name of the Agent STD_Filter Message filter EVNT_CONS Console Event in Console Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed HostDst MVS_SysName MVS_OSName MVS Filter OS 400 Automation Engine 145 Attributes for z OS HostDst Name of the Agent MVS_SysName System name maximal 8 characters MVS_OSName OS name maximal 8 characters MVS Filter Message filter EVNT_CONS HostDst OS400 MsgType 05400 Severity OS400 Filter SAP Attributes for OS 400 HostDst Name of the Agent OS400 MsgType Type of message value ranging between 1 and 25 05400 Severity Valuation Maximal 2 characters 05400 Filter message filter Attributes for OS 400 HostDst Name of the Agent OS400 MsgType Type of message value ranging between 1 and 25 05400 Severity Valuation Maximal 2 characters 05400 Filter message filter EVNT CONS HostDst R3 EventSubType R3 Filter Windows Console Event in Console Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Attributes for SAP HostDst Name of the Agent R3 EventSubTyp
126. VS RelMsgClass 0 MVS RelMsgClass MVS RouteMsgClass KJ MVS RouteMsgClass lt MVS_DetermineRetcode gt H lt MVS_DetermineRetcode gt lt ATTR_MVS gt OS 400 BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_OS400 state 2 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt QPJOBLOG gt 0 lt QPJOBLOG gt lt ALL gt 1 lt ALL gt lt CMD gt 0 lt CMD gt lt ILECL gt 1 lt ILECL gt lt REXX gt 0 lt REXX gt lt JobName gt TEST lt JobName gt lt Priority gt 0 lt Priority gt lt JobDescription gt lt JobQueue gt Automation Engine 177 lt RootingData gt lt ATTR_OS400 gt PeopleSoft BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example ATTR PS state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt DeleteProcess O DeleteProcess ATTR PS ATIR PS FORM state 1 gt lt 51 gt lt MSCRI gt SCRIPT lt MSCRI gt connection PS connection logininfo password psi ATTR PS FORM SAP BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Ex
127. WPs of ony computer are always in the mode hot standby The System Overview lists all Server processes of the UC4 system Type processes are nonstop processes and are displayed with the b symbol UC4 fi uc4 0098 fia Usage ise Clients Agents AgentGroups amp Queues gt Users Messages Database License Cache BB exits lt Quarantine Automation Engine 59 a UC4 CP001 uc4 cP002 uc4 cP003 I UC4sCP004 UC4 WP001 UC4 WP002 kail uc4 wP003 gt 4 dal Uc4 wPoos UC4 WwP006 fb ucaswPo07 E E P Ww W N D D N 01 B 10 8 60 Process ID 0 oo Kf KY YF 0 oo oo o ore 00 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000002568 0000002256 0000005176 0000004900 0000005840 0000004700 0000002648 0000003240 0000002848 The following example describes the functionality of nonstop processes in more detail The Server processes of a UC4 system are located on two computers A work process of computer A logs on first and obtains the status of the primary work process PWP All other Server processes of computer A are set active All work processes of computer B automatically become nonstop processes If computer A goes offline the nonstop processes become active work processes and one of them obtains the status of a primary work process Notes e Thelicense has automatically the effect
128. a particular data type to the variables Examples Example 1 A FileTransfer is activated by a Schedule The following object variables are involved Schedule amp FILEZ Close of week txt e amp HOST 01 FileTransfer amp FILE Close of day txt amp PATH CATemp The FileTransfer s script accesses the variables amp FILE amp HOST amp PATH Depending on the setting that has been made in the FileTransfer object s Variables amp Prompts tab the value assigned to the above variables changes All values amp FILEZ The Schedule s value overwrites the FileTransfer s value default Close of week txt amp HOST All the Schedule s values are inherited Therefore the FileTransfer can winO1 also access amp HOSTZ amp PATH This object variable is already part of the FileTransfer C Temp 40 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Only defined values No values Example 2 amp FILE Close_of_ week txt amp HOST amp PATH C Temp amp FILE Close_of_ day txt amp HOST amp PATH C Temp The Schedule s value overwrites the FileTransfer s value because it also contains the object variable amp FILE The value of HOST is not inherited because the FileTransfer does not contain an object variable of the same name Task activation is canceled if an attempt is made to access a non existing or non inherited object variable via script This object variable is a
129. a script runs in dialog mode 44 Chapter 5 Agent 5 Agent 5 1 Agent Login An Agent can log on to the UC4 system only once Whenever an attempt is made to log on the UC4 Automation Engine checks whether an Agent connection of the same name already exists Standard login procedure The Agent starts and tries to log on to the UC4 system The UC4 Automation Engine finds that there is no Agent connection of the same name Thus it accepts this login attempt and stores the Agent s name port number start time etc It deletes this information when the particular Agent connection ends Doing so ensures a clear overview of Agent connections Double login attempt If the UC4 Automation Engine detects that an Agent of the same name has already logged on it tries to establish contact The timespan in which the UC4 Automation Engine waits for a response can be specified in its INI file parameter duplicateTimeout Section TCP IP If the Agent responds within the specified timespan the UC4 Automation Engine rejects the double attempt to log on If the Agent does not respond the UC4 Automation Engine accepts the double attempt to log on and updates the login information e g start time Automation Engine 45 6 Job 6 1 Stages of Job Processing The following illustration shows the different stages of Job processing in detail RunID is created Job appears UC4 Script is executed the Activity in the Pre Process and Window Proc
130. al state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_general gt lt QUEUE gt lt uc export gt See also Queue Structure of Export File XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 17 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Queue object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created QUEUE Main Elements of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system 224 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 QUEUE MaxSlots Priority Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE_KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE 2 Attributes tab in Queue objects The attribute state is used system internally and
131. alendar s validity date expires dy Object and PromptSet variables can also be used in order to set particular object attributes without using PUT Automation Engine 39 The script statement PSET creates a new entry in the Variables amp Prompts tab which is valid for the particular execution if the object variable does not yet exist If an object variable of the same name already exists its value is replaced by the new value If the object variable is modified by using the script elements SET RSET or READ the value that has last been assigned is available in the object Process PostProcess Child PostProcess tabs It is not necessary to explicitly assign this value using the script element RSET for example to the PostProcess tab d If you create an object variable by using the script statement PSET it is automatically passed on to the superordinate object If the superordinate object already includes an object or PromptSet variable of the same name this variable s value will be overwritten Subsequent parent tasks can then access this variable d If you restart an object that includes Variables amp Prompts tab entries the system always uses the values of the object definition Values of particular object executions are irrelevant for restart procedures d As opposed to script variables object and PromptSet variables do not have a particular data type You can use the script function CONVERT in order to assign
132. aluating the ERT 72 Methods for Evaluating 424 42 22 42 2 242 72 Clearing Runtime Data 22 4 4 2 73 9 1 4 Methods of Runtime Evaluation 2222222000 74 Evaluating with a Fixed Value 4 4 2 242 4 74 Fixed Value Set High 1 2 0 eee eee cece cece cece ccc cccceceeceeeteeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeees 74 Fixed value Set Too LOW oc REN ete 75 Evaluating with Average 75 Evaluating with Linear Regression 424 40 77 vi Contents Evaluating with Maximum 4 424 0 78 9 2 Runtime Monitoring 4 2 2 2 0 02 00 20222 80 9 2 1 Runtime Monitoring 24 0 1 80 Overview of Possible Types of Runtime Monitoring 81 9 2 2 Monitoring the Maximum Runtime 4 42 4 81 Behavior of objects 4 2 22 2 2 2024 82 9 2 3 Monitoring th
133. ample ATTR R3 statez 2 lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt Language gt DE lt Language gt lt JobName gt TEST lt JobName gt lt JobClass gt B lt JobClass gt TargetSystem SO1 TargetSystem lt DeleteJob gt 1 lt DeleteJob gt lt NoDelOnErr gt 1 lt NoDelOnErr gt lt SAP_JobType gt 1 lt SAP_JobType gt lt AsSoon gt 0 lt AsSoon gt lt Immediately gt 1 lt Immediately gt lt SAP_Recipent gt lt SAP_AddressType gt lt SAP_Express gt lt SAP_Copy gt 178 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt SAP_BlindCopy gt lt SAP_NoForward gt SAP NoPrint SAP Deliver SAP StatusByMail ATTR R3 ATIR R3 FORM state 1 gt sapi MSCRI ISCRIPT MSCRI connection SAP 0 0 0 1 DE connection logininfo password lt gt lt ATTR_R3_FORM gt Siebel BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_SIEBEL state 2 gt lt OutputDb gt 1 lt OutputDb gt lt OutputDbErr gt 0O lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt GatewaySrv gt SV123 lt GatewaySrv gt lt EnterprSrv gt SV124 lt EnterprSrv gt lt SiebelSrvs gt SV125 lt SiebelSrvs gt Compression 0 lt gt Encryption 1 Encryption lt ATTR_SIEBEL
134. an be reduced E J001 Job MM END PROCESSING Benton LastReport bag Statistics Print 20 Variables Execute v i Header 24 Attributes WINDOWS 6 Runtime amp Variables amp Prompts Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt 0 Else execute ce st fr Foren Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC CLIENT SETTINGS O Fixedvalue 0000 00 20 14 oyn nes from the last Differences gt 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 Dut Go use 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 next 00 00 24 To preserve a distance between estimated runtime and real runtime it is possible to specify a correction value in percent This value is added to the estimated runtimes This allows the setting of an alarm only with extreme increases in runtime 80 Chapter 9 Runtime E 3001 Job MM END PROCESSING Bilbo Monitor E LastReport Statistics Print 21 bles gt Execute v Ei Header zl Attributes 46 wiNDOWS Runtime Variables amp Prompts Ep Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt 0 0
135. and 23 DIsEmi Minute Value between 0 and 59 DOCU_ Documentation tab Title in all objects DOCU_ Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export File of a TimeZone XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Automation Engine 267 12 23 User 12 23 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of an User object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt USER client 0003 name SMITH UC4 system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2003 11 24 09 29 34 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 23 08 11 01 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt USER client client state 1 gt lt CboTimeZone gt lt FirstName gt John lt FirstName gt lt LastName gt Smith lt LastName gt lt EMail1 gt john smith uc4 lt EMail1 gt lt EMail2 gt lt PwdNeverExpire gt 0 lt PwdNeverExpire gt PwdMustChange 0 PwdMustChange lt ValidTimeFrom gt 06 00 lt ValidTimeFrom gt ValidTimeTo 18 00 ValidTimeTo lt ValidTime gt 1 lt ValidTime gt
136. andard JObjYes Yes JObjNo No Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Attribute JOB OBJECT WorkingDirectory Start parameter WorkingDirectory Working direct icon orkingDirectory Working directory ShowJob maximum 255 characters m Attribute WIN WORK DIR Command Command maximum 255 characters Attribute WIN CMD LogOn Logon as batch user Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute WIN LOGON AS BATCH ShowJob Show job on the desktop Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute WIN SHOW AT DESKTOP See also Export File of a Job XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 14 Login 12 14 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Login object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt LOGIN client2 0100 name FT LOGIN system UCGLOBAL gt HEADER state 1 gt Title Login for FileTransfers lt Title gt Created John Smith on 2005 03 10 15 05 51 lt Created gt Modified John Smith on 2005 03 17 14 26 43 4 x Modified lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt LOGIN state 1 gt lt Logins gt 204 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt row Host CCN Login SMITH TEST Pass Type BS2000 gt lt row Host AE400 Login GREEN Pass Type 0S400 gt row Host W
137. are activated once or recurring This name is used instead of the actual object name in the Activity Window the monitors and the statistics AutoForecast It displays tasks that will run in a predetermined period Comprehensive forecast for all future activities batch mode This refers to the sequential background processing of tasks Calendar It consists of days using Calendar keywords A particular UC4 object type Calendar condition The criteria for running a task is based on Calendar keywords Calendar keyword A part of a Calendar object that is used to define days CallAPI A programming interface that can either be called directly or from a different program It processes a script the UC4 system Child Children These are objects that are activated by superordinate tasks parents Automation Engine 307 client This is a closed environment for the execution of tasks within a UC4 system A particular UC4 object type Cockpit It visualizes the values and states of UC4 or of the monitored and controlled system A particular UCA object type CodeTable It defines a complete set of characters A particular UC4 object type communication process A communication process is part of the UC4 Automation Engine It is responsible for connecting the UC4 components context menu A menu that opens in a particular place when you right click with the mouse data sequence An internal listing of Console outputs or lines of Va
138. are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed DYNVALUES dyntree SCRIPT Automation Engine 301 Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id VALUE for the Va
139. articular intervals the Agents automatically create restart points while the files are being transferred setting FT RESTARTINFO INTERVAL in the Variable UC HOSTCHAR DEFAULT The Agent stores this information locally on its computer in StatusStore files If an error occurs the FileTransfer can be restarted from the file s last restart point Restart option From last restart position This function saves time especially if most of a huge file has already been transferred 50 Chapter 7 FileTransfer e You can use the settings FT RESTARTINFO LIFETIME and FT RESTARTINFO CHECK UC HOSTCHAR DEFAULT in order to specify that StatusStore files should be deleted In order to ensure that the target file complies with the source file after it has successfully been restarted the transferred data is checked against an MD5 checksum When it creates the restart point the system also retrieves the MD5 checksum and stores it in the StatusStore file The checksums differ if the partially transferred file has been changed on the receiving Agent s computer and the restart results in an error 3 To save transmission time MD5 checksums of files that are smaller than 1 MB are not calculated Q You can deactivate the MD5 checksum using the setting FT USE MD5 in the UC4 Variable HOSTCHAR DEFAULT Depending on the particular Agent platform the StatusStore files are stored in the following directories Windows Agent s Temp directory FTNNNNNNN sts StatusSt
140. as follows 1 An Agent starts and contacts the CP that is specified in its INI file parameter Should the Agent not be able to reach this it will try to reach one of the CPs listed in the INI file in the section CP_LIST 2 The CP sends alist of all CPs that are located in its net area to the Agent 3 The Agent contacts all listed CPs 4 The Agent selects the CP with the smallest number of connections and connects to it Use Case Examples 1 Tohavethe Userlnterfaces and the Agents use separate CPs of the UC4 system Define two net areas assign the CPs to these separate net areas NetAreas and enter a CP in the ini file of the Userlnterface or Agent respectively depending on the CP of the desired net area to be contacted on first start 2 Use CPs separate network zones For each network zone choose one NetArea Now use the NetArea in order to assign the CPs to the network zones they are located in If a Userlnterface CallAPI or Agent connect to CP within its own network zone the UI CallAPI or Agent will choose only from the available CPs in this net area network zones Remember to delete the CP LIST in the Agent s configuration in case you change the CPs assignment to the different net areas Configuration Example The following use case represents a situation where it is useful to limit the CPs for the CP selection by the Agent An UCA system is divided into two different networks Both netwo
141. ass maximum 1 character Attribute JOB CLASS JC MVS ProgName Prog name maximum 20 characters Attribute MVS_PROG MVS_Account Account maximum 40 characters Attribute MVS_ACCOUNT MVS_Priority Priority Value between 0 15 Attribute PRIORITY P MVS_MsgLevel Msg level maximum 3 characters Attribute MVS_MSG LEVEL MVS_MsgClass Msg class maximum 1 character Attribute MVS MSGCLASS MVS Notify Notify maximum 16 characters Attribute MVS NOTIFY MVS Params Job parameter maximum 255 characters Attribute MVS JOB PARAMS MVS FileName z OS file name maximum 64 characters Attribute JCL SOURCE MVS DetermineRetcode Return code Allowed values H Highest L Latest Attribute MVS DETERMINE RETCODE MVS_ComplJobOut MVS GetMsgClass MVS PugreJob MVS RelMsgClass MVS RouteMsgClass OS 400 Automation Engine 195 Report handling MVS ComplJobOut With additional output Allowed values O no 1 yes and 2 default Attribute MVS COMPLETEJOBOUT MVS GetMsgClass Get the following message class es maximum 36 characters Attribute MVS GETMSGCLASSES MVS PugreJob Purge Allowed values 0 no 1 yes and 2 default Attribute 5 JOBPURGE MVS RelMsgClass Release Allowed values O no 1 yes and 2 default Attribute MVS_RELMSGCLASS MVS_RouteMsgClass Route message class es to maximum 36 characters Attribute MVS ROUTEMSGCLASS General BS2000 GCOS8
142. atabase OutputFile File OutputDbErm On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Responsibility RKey Key maximum 100 characters Attribute RESP NAME RAppSName Appl short name maximum 50 characters Attribute OA APPL NAME General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR MVS OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbEr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated 194 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MVS_TypeUC4 MVS_TypeJCL MVS_TypeMVS MVS_JobName MVS_JobClass MVS_ProgName MVS Account MVS Priority MVS MsgLevel MVS MsgClass MVS Notify MVS Params MVS FileName MVS DetermineRetcode Type MVS TypeUC4 UC4 MVS TypeJCL JCL from z OS MVS TypeMVS JCL incl job card from z OS Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the two options can be selected Attribute 5 JOBTYPE Runtime options MVS JobName Job name maximum 8 characters Attribute JOB NAME JN MVS JobClass Job cl
143. ate 1 gt lt Title gt title lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2008 08 22 10 36 45 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2008 12 11 16 15 50 3 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKeyi gt PRPT lt ArchiveKey1 gt ArchiveKey2 Jobs ArchiveKey2 HEADER lt PROMPTDESIGNER statez 1 DESIGNER PROMPTDESIGNER PROMPTSETXUI state 1 gt lt XUIEDITOR gt lt CDATA lt dialog height 401 icon PRPT id PRPTS left 270 top 0 width 281 gt readpanel fill b id PRPTBOX nl 1 scroll v text PRPT NEW 1 gt lt properties gt entry name text gt PRPT NEW 1 lt entry gt lt entry name modifiable gt 0 lt entry gt Automation Engine 217 lt properties gt text alt 0 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id textfield1 inputassistance 1 len 10 nl 1 required 0 separator showaspassword 0 text Text tooltip upper 0 gt lt oninputassistant gt lt command request _internal target targetparam promptname id gt command owner _ self owneraction getData request getpromptinputassistance target _ chainwindow gt lt oninputassistant gt lt properties gt entry listparam C N name reference gt DATABASE MAINTENANCE lt gt lt entry name text gt Text lt entry gt lt entry name multiselect gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name separator gt entry name len gt 10 lt entry gt lt entry name
144. ation Engine List of states Attributes per Sync definition row Status Name of the status maximal 30 characters Text Description of the status maximal 80 characters List of actions Attributes per action definition row Action Action maximal 255 characters OperatorCheck And Allowed values Ecos gt lt we OperatorSet Set Allowed values snd StatusCheck On state maximal 30 characters StatusSet Set state maximal 30 characters ValueCheck Current value Value between 0 and 999999 ValueSet Value to be set Value between 0 and 999999 Documentation tab in all objects DOCU_ Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab 263 Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export file of a Sync XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 264 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 12 22 TimeZone 12 22 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a TimeZone object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt TZ client 0003 name VIENNA system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt Time zone for Austr
145. atus is considered when a Workflow is being processed The task itself however does not run within the framework of this Workflow 308 Chapter Glossary F File transfer Transfers files from one computer to another A particular UC4 object type FileTransfer object e Forecast Estimates a task s runtime on the basis of previous executions e fully qualified FileTransfer FileTransfers without wildcard characters One particular file is transferred G Group Integrates tasks so that they can be processed together A particular UC4 object type host Computer target system host attributes Platform independent attributes of the Job object e HTML help Microsoft help format for manuals These help files have the ending CHM see also WebHelp l Include A script that is often used in several objects A particular UC4 object type 4 JCL Short form of Job Control Language It refers to applications that are processing steps executed on computers e Job Processing on a target system A particular UC4 object type Key Column in static Variable objects that can be used to access values of a particular line Keyword Part of a Calendar or Variable object Calendar keyword or key or parameter of a script element that is used to define values Automation Engine 309 Login Login data for target systems A particular UC4 object type logical date The logical date is used as a compa
146. balanced and the whole communication process should not depend on one single process We therefore recommend using two communication processes Provide for the sufficient number of work processes depending on the number of processors that are used Minimum equipment 1 primary work process 2communication processes 2 work processes 2 dialog processes Recommended equipment e per computer at least 2 communication processes e percore 1 3 work processes e upon requirement 2 n dialog processes The values shown above are based on the assumption that no other applications run on the particular computer The number of Dialog processes to be used does not depend on the number of processors but on the number of users that are logged on to the system Check the workload through the System Overview and create new ones when necessary d Refer to the System Overview to check the workload of the individual Server processes Depending on the particular values you can react and start new Server processes if necessary UC4 recommends setting up the number of your UC4 system s Server processes in accordance with the above listing There is no limit but with the number of Server processes increasing the internal administration effort becomes higher than the benefit gained from load distribution 3 The database scheme has been designed for 5 communication processes Additional table need to be prepared if more communication proc
147. ber of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE_KEY1 Automation Engine 151 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Syncs ATTR_JOBF StartType IntAccount Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAI I All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters immediate start Attribute START TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK 152 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects AutoDeactNo AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeac
148. between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object 214 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 an
149. bles are never overridden dy The following procedure can be used if you want to overwrite PromptSet variables with the value of a parent variable Open the task s Workflow or Schedule properties and switch to the Variables amp Prompts tab Select the PromptSet area and use the parent s variable name as the value of the relevant PromptSet element If the particular PromptSet element is not a text field click its labeling Ay The setting Inherit from parent significantly affects all the object s subordinate tasks Values directly passed on from a task to its subordinate task If it has been specified in an object that no values or only defined ones should be inherited a task s subordinate tasks cannot access all object variables of grand parent objects The effects are shown in the examples below Object and PromptSet variables are passed on to e Workflow tasks e Schedule tasks e Tasks that are started with ACTIVATE OBJECT using the parameter PASS VALUES e Child post processes of RemoteTaskManager objects e Process in Event objects Tasks that start from within the object The last bullet point could be an object that has been defined in the Result tab in the properties of a Workflow task Variables are not passed to e Tasks of a group Tasks that were started manually e Objects that were started by the UC4 system The last bullet point could be a Notification that starts automatically warning before a C
150. c Variable Types This document includes examples for the specific XML elements of the various sources for dynamic Variable objects XML examples are also provided for the attributes which depend on the selected Variable s data type Source SQL Example lt SQL gt lt Conn gt CONN DB SQL lt Conn gt lt Login gt LOGIN DB lt Login gt lt prefUserConn gt 0 lt prefUserConn gt prefUserLogin O prefUserLogin lt sql gt select from col sql resultformat 1 2 resultformat lt SQL gt SQL internal Example lt SQL_INTERN gt lt command sql gt select from eh lt command sql gt lt command ora gt lt command db2 gt lt command db2zos gt lt resultformat gt 1 _ 2 lt resultformat gt lt SQL_INTERN gt Multi Example lt MULTI gt lt gt 1 lt 1 gt lt Vara2 gt VARA 2 lt Vara2 gt lt resultformat gt lt union gt 1 lt union gt intersection O intersection minus 0 minus MULTI Filelist Example lt FILELIST gt lt directory gt C temp txt lt directory gt lt HostDst gt WINO1 lt HostDst gt preferUserHost O preferUserHost lt Login gt LOGIN GLOBAL lt Login gt lt preferUserLogin gt 0 lt preferUserLogin gt lt FILELIST gt Data type Text lt MinValue_C gt lt MaxValue_C gt 12 lt MaxValue_C gt lt uppercase gt 1 lt uppercase gt Number lt OutputFormat_N gt 00 00 lt Outpu
151. can use the Variables section in order to enter variables that should be used in the Process tabs and the attributes In the PromptSet section you can assign PromptSet objects whose variables are also available for the object Variables do not have to be read but can be used directly as script variables d Object and PromptSet variables are available in all Process tabs and the object attributes The following illustration shows the object variable amp HOST Automation Engine 37 5 Blast Monitor Ed LastReport Statistics Print v 20 Variables gt Execute Ep Header sync zl Attributes ogle workfion e Variables amp Prompts p Process E Documentation 4 Variables amp Prompts 4 Variables Name value v PromptSets amp HOST 01 lt empty gt Inherit from Parent All variables default v This variable can immediately be used the script The following example uses the object variable to terminate the Agent SYS_HOST_ALIVE amp HOST SEND_MSG ADMIN UC4 Agent amp HOST is not active ENDIF The values of object variables can be specified with or without quotation marks If you use single quotation marks an individual quote within the string must appear twice as otherwise one or more characters may be removed You can also use double quotation marks They are always handled as normal characters and are not removed Examp
152. characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YY YY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Authorizations tab in User and UserGroup objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of authorizations Attributes per authorization definition row AL Number of the authorization group or NOT B1 Access method Read R B2 Access method Write W B3 Access method Execute X B4 Access method Delete D B5 Access method Cancel C B6 Access to Statistics S B7 Access to Reports P B8 Access method Modify at runtime R B1 to B8 1 selected O not selected F1 Type F2 Name F3 Host F4 Host S F5 Login F6 Login T F7 File name S F8 File name T Automation Engine 275 PRIVILEGES Privileges tab PrivList DOCU_Title DOC See also in User and UserGroup objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Privileges B1 Change system status STOP GO B2 Access to System Overview B4 Access to Recycle Bin B8 Access to Transport Case B16 Vie messages from own user group B32 View messages to administrators B64 View messages from own client B128 View security messages B256 Not used B
153. cheduled for 02 30 is processed for example Automation Engine 13 e f two tasks have been scheduled one at 02 30 the other one at 03 30 they are processed witha time difference of only half an hour Changing from Daylight Savings Time to Standard Time When you change over from daylight savings time to standard time winter time the clock is set back Therefore the time difference between the point when the time is set back and the newly set winter time is doubled This day is then longer than a regular day For example The local time is set back for 60 minutes from 03 00 00 to 02 00 00 As a result this day has 25 hours and the time between 02 00 01 to 02 59 59 is doubled Consequences e The UCA system notices that a task that is scheduled for 02 30 has already been processed Therefore it is not executed for a second time f two tasks have been scheduled one at 02 30 the other one at 03 30 they are processed with time difference of two hours Event Objects The interval for Event activation is not synchronized with TimeZones For example if an Event object should be triggered every 4 hours a clock change to daylight savings time has the following impacts time indicated in 24 hours Start time 08 00 Additional triggering times 12 00 16 00 20 00 00 00 04 00 08 00 Clock change to daylight savings time 20 00 00 00 05 00 09 00 13 00 05 00 because the clock is set forward when it is chan
154. clusively to CPs of NetArea InnerNet the Agents of Network 2 connect exclusively to CPs of NetArea OuterNet In this case the Agents connections do not have to be configured in the firewall Illustration 2 in addition shows the necessary connections for CP operation in other network zones For Network 1 only database connections by CPs drawn in red are known Please note that CP CP connections only occur in special cases or are necessary if an Agent s registered output file shall be displayed by way of the Userlnterface where Agent and UI are connected to different CPs for example These connections are denoted by red dotted lines 68 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation Note In the firewall you only have to configure connections that are known to CP004 CP005 regardless of the number of Agents that are used in Network 2 Connections that must be configured statically are shown as red dots along the firewall line In order to ensure that the Agents only connect to CP004 and CP005 the following steps are required For CP001 CP002 and CP003 CPs CP001 CP002 and CP003 must also be combined in net area For this purpose you have to set the parameter NetArea TCP IP section in the Automation Engine s INI file You can specify any name for the network area as the value in this case InnerNet e Inthe INI files of the Network 1 agents the parameter cp has to be set to the connection data of either CP001 CP002 and CP
155. connection FT connection Blocks of different files may be transferred alternately The Automation Engine monitors the whole FileTransfer procedure and instructs the source Agent to send the individual files Automation Engine 47 Transfer request for the individual files Status of FTs FT connection The UC4 administrator can determine that the connection between the two Agents should end after the files have been transferred This is done in the UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR_DEFAULT using the setting DISCONNECT_AFTER_FT New FileTransfer Protocol as of 9 00A As of UC4 V9 the Automation Engine sends the complete FileTransfer request including wildcard specifications in partially qualified FileTransfers to the source Agent The sending Agent is responsible for resolving the request determining the files Connection establishment Connection establishment The sending Agent tries to establish a connection to the receiving Agent If this attempt fails for example because of Firewall settings it notifies the Automation Engine The FT request is then sent to the receiver which now tries to establish a connection to the sender After the connection has been established the receiving Agent transfers the FT request to the sender 48 Chapter 7 FileTransfer G Negative FT order acknowledgement Connection establishment 2 Connection establishment Connection FT1 5 FT order Checking the
156. cripts are also processed in this stage The structure and start time of the generation stage depend on the setting Generate at runtime which is available in every executable object Attributes tab Depending on this setting a script is processed either directly after the task s activation or just before its processing stage starts e Object generation at runtime The script is processed before the processing stage starts e Object generation not at runtime All script contents except for Post Process Child Post Process and Process are processed directly after activation Jobs This means that the final JCL is being generated so that it is ready to run on the computer when it comes to the processing stage it does not run on the computer now There is no remarkable difference between the above generation types when a task s activation stage is immediately followed by its start stage But there can be a gap between them As a matter of fact the start time of the activated object is usually subject to superordinate objects such as a Workflow or group Example A Workflow contains several tasks Activating this Workflow means that its tasks are also activated Object scripts are now processed provided that the setting Generate at runtime has not been activated The individual Workflow tasks start according to their position within the Workflow order Advantage of object generation in the activation stage e Large scripts are proces
157. ct variable amp FOLDER Therefore the other two jobs cannot access its values because values are only passed on from a task to its direct subordinate task Automation Engine 41 JOBOS has the setting No values The job s script does not inherit object variables Its script remains unaffected and amp HOST obtains value unixO3 Example 3 The following example includes the various combinations and special features of the inheritance of object and PromptSet variables Five tasks run in a Workflow tasks 1 2 3 4 and 6 and are executed one after the other Task 5 is activated by using the script of task 4 The Workflow includes the object variables amp VAR1 amp VAR2 and the PromptSet variables amp TEXT 1 amp COMBO1 Task 1 No variables are inherited because of the setting Inherit from parent No variables Task 2 Only includes variables that have been defined in the object itself Only amp VAR2Z is inherited and set to the value JOBP2 Task 3 Inherits all the Workflow s variables Task 4 All parent variables except for amp COMBOTZ are inherited The reason is the PromptSet variables of the same name are not overwritten The script element PSET is used to pass the object variable amp VAR3 on to the Workflow It is then available for subsequent Workflow tasks Task 5 is activated by using the script ACTIVATE UC OBJECT and the variables are passed on PASS VALUES Task 5 Includes only variables
158. ctAlways Always Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute AUTO DEACT Only one of the four options can be selected DeactWhen DeactDelay AttDialog ActAtRun Consumption UC4Priority MaxParallel2 MpElse1 MpElse2 Automation Engine 183 Settings for automatic deactivation DeactWhen Error free status Name of a status maximal 20 characters see also return codes This value belongs to the options error free execution and restart AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactE rrorFree Attribute AUTO DEACT ERROR FREE DeactDelay Time delay in days Value ranging between 0 and 99 Attribute AUTO DEACT DELAY This value belongs to the options always error free execution and restart AutoDeactAlways AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactE rrorFree Attribute dialog Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute ATTR DLG Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME Consumption Resources User defined Value between 0 and 99999 Attribute RESOURCE CONSUMPTION UCA priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected
159. cts except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters _ immediate start Attribute START_TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK Deactivate automatically when finished AutoDeactNo No AutoDeact1ErrorFree After error free end of program AutoDeactErrorFree After an error free restart AutoDeactAlways Always Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute AUTO DEACT Only one of the four options can be selected DeactWhen DeactDelay ActAtRun UC4Priority MaxParallel2 ReuseHG MpElse1 MpElse2 TZ Automation Engine 291 Settings for automatic deactivation DeactWhen Error free status Name of a status maximal 20 characters see also return codes This value belongs to the options error free execution and restart AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactE rrorFree Attribute AUTO DEACT ERROR FREE DeactDelay Time delay in days Value ranging between 0 and 99 Attribute AUTO DEACT DELAY This value belongs to the options always error free execution and restart AutoDeactAlways AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactE rrorFree Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME UCA priority User define
160. d 00 00 05 00 00 00 but do use runs at least 25 20 15 10 5 RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 46 next 00 00 01 Evaluating with Maximum Value This method takes the maximum value from the possible 25 existing real runtimes RRT of a task If a large number of runs is to be calculated the estimated runtime immediately adjusts to increasing runtimes However if the real runtime decreases this results in a slow adjustment Automation Engine 79 Save Last Monitor xb Last Report Statistics Print 30 Variables Execute v m a Header 2 Attributes 44 windows 25 Runtime si Variables amp Prompts Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt 0 Else execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS O Fixed value 0000 00 21 of 00 00 30 00 00 25 Dyn method Maximal value v 00 00 20 PAS 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 _ Differences gt 25 20 15 10 5 Inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 next 00 00 31 In order for the decreasing tendencies to be recognized more quickly the number of runs to be calculated c
161. d value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS Re using AgentGroup calculation Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of these both options can be selected Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE 292 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects RWhen RExecute JOBP task checkpoint Result evaluation of the individual tasks in Workflow and Schedule objects Rwhen OK status Type of the status RExecute Else Name of an executable object Workflow tab in Workflow objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The same is true for the attribute mode in JobpStruct Individual Workflow tasks Attributes per task Col Column in which the task is found Idnr nternal number of the object OH_IDNR Lnr Run number of the task in the Workflow OType Short form of the object type or lt START gt or lt END gt Object Name of the object Row Line in which the task is found State Not used Text1 Not used Text2 Short form for the legal conditions separated by P A W C S T R Text3 Short for of th
162. d 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed dyntree SCRIPT MSCRI Automation Engine 215 List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values 0 all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal
163. d O not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Return code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system retum code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Automation Engine 165 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Cons
164. d minimum runtime of the estimated runtime is not reached Tasks that should be activated when runtime falls below minimum runtime are not taken into account Time Checkpoint e According to the entry made in the General tab task properties in Workflow A message is only displayed if the specified time is exceeded and the task itself has not yet started Settings not considered in Forecast Calculations Sync e Current conditions of Sync objects are not considered Script Elements The syntax of script statements and functions is not checked e Existing ACTIVATE UC OBJECT EXIT STOP etc are not recognized and not taken into account e Forecasts do not take Include objects into account Number of Jobs per Host The Agent setting regarding the maximum number of Jobs that can be processed at the same time is not considered External Workflow Dependencies See also User Guide Forecast 86 Chapter 10 Schedule 10 Schedule 10 1 Schedule Logic Properties can be assigned to each particular task of a Schedule which as a result can influence their execution Detailed description about the tabs and the fields control elements are found in the User Manual This document serves to explain the particular settings and possible effects The order in which the different settings are checked is significant The following table describes the logical checking order in writing the Schedule Logic Diagram gives detail
165. d value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 140 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between
166. disk space Depending on OS the system will check before starting a FileTransfer whether there is enough disk space on the target platform and if not will allocate it e BS2000 Estimated disk space is allocated if the option Keep original file attributes has been activated in the FileTransfer object e NSK Disk space is not checked OS 390 Native file system Disk space is allocated using the attribute SPACE for the FileTransfer s target 05 390 USS file system Disk space is not checked e OS 400 Native file system Disk space is allocated if either Keep original file attributes has been set or the attribute SIZE has been specified for the target e OS 400 IFS file system The available disk space is checked UNIX Depending on the ini Parameter ft check free disk space e VMS The available disk space is checked Windows Depending on the ini Parameterft check free disk space Handling FileTransfers For each FileTransfer the new protocol establishes a separate connection between the Agents The files are always sent through a connection one after the other Each FileTransfer is handled in a separate thread or process if this is supported by the Agent Therefore several FileTransfers can be processed independently of each other The setting DISCONNECT AFTER FT of the UC4 Variable UC HOSTCHAR DEFAULT does not affect the new protocol because the system ends the connections after the Filetransfers
167. dnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt date1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1l gt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt PRE_SCRIPT state 1 gt lt PSCRI gt lt PRE_SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT state 2 gt lt MSCRI gt lt CDATA insert these lines in your script to determine if an error occurred set retcode errorlevel if NOT ERRORLEVEL 0 goto retcode SET amp reorganize GET VAR VARA DATABASE MAINTENANCE REORGANIZE SET amp client GET VAR VARA DATABASE MAINTENANCE CLIENT amp reorganize J Automation Engine 173 UCYBDBre B S amp client ELSE PRINT Reorganization should not take place ENDIF gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt POST_SCRIPT state 1 gt lt OSCRI gt lt POST_SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_Ge
168. e 1 Value lt SYNC SYNC State row Status EXCLUSIVE Text Used gt row Status SHARE Text Shared usable gt State Automation Engine 261 lt Rule gt row Action USE OperatorCheck amp lt OperatorSet StatusCheck SHARE StatusSet SHARE ValueCheck 3 ValueSet 1 gt row Action USE_EXCLUSIVE OperatorCheck OperatorSet _ StatusCheck SHARE StatusSet EXCLUSIVE ValueCheck 0 ValueSet 0 gt row Action RELEASE OperatorCheck amp gt OperatorSet StatusCheck SHARE StatusSet SHARE ValueCheck 0 ValueSet 1 gt row Action RELEASE OperatorCheck OperatorSet StatusCheck EXCLUSIVE StatusSet SHARE ValueCheck 0 ValueSet 0 gt lt Rule gt lt SYNC gt DOCU General state L1 type text gt DOC DOCU General SYNC lt uc export gt See also Sync Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 21 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Sync object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created SYNC Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system XHEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER In active passive and system objects
169. e The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of the Workflow XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 13 Automatic Processing in UC4 Automation Engine 303 There are various processes in UC4 that take place automatically at certain times As a user you can manipulate some of them Validity check of Calendars Calculation of Calendars Period turnaround of Schedules daily at 00 00 am on the first day of the year at 00 00 am or when the Automation Engine starts as defined in the Schedule object UTC the Schedule s time zone all clients all clients every Schedule in a different way You activate the validity check for Calendars in the UCA Variable UC CLIENT SETTINGS with the settings CALE WARN LEVEL and CALE WARN NOTIFICATION The calculation of the days on which the keys of Calendar objects are valid is important in order to ensure that they can be checked 304 Chapter 13 Automatic Processing in UC4 Log file change ILM partition change daily at 00 00 am on the days that are specified in the Calendar that is set inthe UC4 Variable UC_ILM_ SETTINGS wit
170. e Data source R3 Filter event filter 146 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects EVNT_CONS HostDst WINDOWS EventSubType WINDOWS Source WINDOWS Category WINDOWS Filter Database Event Console Event in Console Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Attributes for Windows HostDst Name of the Agent WINDOWS EventSubType Type WINDOWS Source Source maximal 32 characters WINDOWS Category Category Value ranging between O and 99 WINDOWS Filter Message filter EVNT DB Op1 type Op2 type Op1 91 Op1 host Op1 server Op1 login Op1 db 1 file Op2 sql Op2 host Op2 server Op2 login Op2 db Op2 file Op1 keyword Op1 vara Op2 keyword Op2 vara Database tab In Database Events Source Source selection for value 1 and value 2 Op1 Value 1 Op2 2 Allowed values STATIC statistical value VARA Variable or SQL SQL query Source SQL query Op1 Value 1 Op2 2 sql SQL host Host server Server login Login db Database file File name only Microsoft Access Source Variable Op1 Value 1 Op2 Value2 vara VARA Variable object keyword Key Automation Engine 147 Op1_static Source Statistical value Op2_static 7 1 static Statistical value for value 1 Op2_static Statistical value for value 2 See also Export File of an Event XML File Structure for Imports and Export
171. e if the same task runs with different conditions such as on particular days at night on weekends The task settings that are defined in the Workflow or Schedule are given priority to the settings that are defined in the task itself An activated task s start can be prevented if it cannot be started or canceled until a pre determined time You can define the latest start or end time in the properties of a Workflow task Dependencies tab If the specified condition cannot be met the corresponding task is skipped ENDED TIMEOUT can also monitor the progress of complete procedures For this purpose you can specify a time checkpoint in the Workflow tasks tab Checkpoint tab Time checkpoints are also referred to as milestones If the current time exceeds the time checkpoint and the task has not yet started you can react by starting a pre determined object Automation Engine 81 Overview of Possible Types of Runtime Monitoring Maximum When the Cancel Quit task and or execute an executable object Runtime task is MRT active Minimum When the Execution of an executable object Runtime task ends SRT Earliest start Before the The task starts when the defined time is exceeded Workflow task starts Latest start Before the The task only starts when the defined time is not yet exceeded Workflow task starts Latest endin Before the The task only starts when the determined time for this task s expected Workflow ta
172. e 103 Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Filter tab in Agent Client Assignment objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 104 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects FILTER HSTA_ HACL Rights DOCU_Title DOC See also Table for the filters of the Agent Client Assignment Attributes per filter defintion row HostType Type of Agent HW Computer hardware information IP Agent s TCP IP address Lic_cat Name of the license category which has been assigned to the Agent Name Name of the Agent or filter for several Agents Not Setting for exclude Agents Rolle Agent roles SW Computer s OS SW_Version OS version Version Agent version including ho
173. e Minimum Runtime 2022 0 0000 82 9 2 4 Monitoring the Latest End Time 83 9 2 5 Time Checkpoint 2 2 0 222 22 4 83 OS ROPECAS eB ah te 83 Settings considered in Forecast Calculations 84 Settings not considered in Forecast Calculations 85 10 Schedul6 Su OS Resa heres ARISE BIR OE tt at 86 10 1 5 2t ee onore RR exci Ihu eae dene ee 86 10 2 Procedure of Checking a Scheduled 4 002 00 88 11 Dio 91 11 1 Workflow Logic 0 91 11 2 Checking a Workflow Task s Processes 93 112 Else Condition dk a SAM letra 95 12 XML Files of Objects 2 22222 96 12 1 XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 14 4 42 96 Malri Struct fe 5 eer Rhe Up eris ipie de ae I DS 96 Object StT cture serm eria 97 12 2 AgentGr
174. e gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt O SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt VALUE state 1 gt Values row Name z amp HOSTz Value unix0O1 gt Nalues Mode 0 Mode NALUE node node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt lt checklist1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt lt datel altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1l gt lt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt PRE_SCRIPT state 1 gt lt PSCRI gt l
175. e has expired or caused by the script element that is to be processed the required memory is stored in the database table MQMEM and in the Cache If this transaction is then continued in the same work process in which it has been interrupted no database access is made Hence the size of the required Cache depends on processing and configuration ODOC This Cache type contains GUI descriptions XML for the Userlnterface The Cache content is not replaced XREQ This type includes special UC4 Scripts for handling the GUI They are pre compiled when the work process is started and stored in the Cache USER 2 Chapter 1 Cache The same rules apply as for the Cache type Script User data is stored in the Cache This is mainly important for the Userlnterface converting the User ID USR_Idnr to the name and department OBJECT IDNR and OBJECT NAME This data is stored in the Cache in order to facilitate the conversion of the object code OH ldnr to the object name Name and vice versa without directly accessing the database HACL In this Cache type the records for Agent authorizations to clients are buffered so that access authorizations can be checked without accessing the database being necessary Data is not replaced An access ratio below 100 just indicates that a non existing access authorization was searched for Settings This optimum size is checked through the System Overview and the Cache hit ratio Script Depe
176. e object type Text4 Not used Text5 Earliest start time or checkpoint in the format DD HH MM Text6 Not used General tab TcpADays If start until n days is not possible Value ranging between 0 and 99 TcpATime Time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 TcpATimeTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object TcpExecute Execute Name of an executable object TcpOn Time checkpoint Allowed values 1 checkpoint was set and 0 checkpoint is not used after Automation Engine 293 Earliest tab ActFlg Active Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected AtimOn Earliest start time Allowed values 1 earliest start time was set and 0 earliest start time is not used ErlstStDays Current date n days Value ranging between 0 and 99 ErlstStTime Time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 ErlstStTimeTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object HoldFlg Set breakpoint Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected 294 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects when Dependencies tab Settings for At the latest WtimOn At the latest Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected LtstEnd Latest end LtstSt Latest start Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the two above listed options can be selected LtstEndDays End current date n days Value ranging between 0 and 99 LtstEndTime End time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 LtstS
177. e of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Automation Engine 159 DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a FileTransfer XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 11 Group 12 11 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Group object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8
178. e same chain bilpak change Interfaces BW SCH ipak change method bilsrequest getstatus Interfaces BW SCH Repeated data request checks biMaxruntime Interfaces BW SCH Extended InfoPackage monitoring monitoring until MAXRUNTIME binBlockSize Interfaces BW XBP Block size in KB for spool lists biRepeat check Interfaces BW SCH Extended InfoPackage monitoring Repeated status check rfcClient General Login Data Client rfcHostname General Connection Parameter Application Server Connection Type Specific Application Server General Login Data Language r fcLb group General Connection Parameters Group Connection Type Balanced Group Selection host General Connection Parameter Message Server Connection Type Balanced Group Selection rfcLb router string General Connection Parameter SAP Router String Connection Type Balanced Group Selection r fcLb system name General Connection Parameter System Name Connection Type Balanced Group Selection rfcLogin General Login Data Alternative Login concurrent General Max concurrent connections rfcPassword General Login Data Password rfcRouter string General Connection Parameter SAP Router String Connection Type Specific Application Server rfcSnc lib Secure Network Connection Path to library which provides SNC service mode Secure Network
179. e server management queue See also Automation Engine 53 UC4 Clients Server Processes Process Queues Miscellaneous Queues 8 2 Establishing a Connection The Userlnterfaces and Agents interact via the communication processes A connection to the UC4 Database is not required i e data between clients and UC4 Automation Engines is exchanged exclusively via communication processes cp 002 Connections are established in several steps First attempt is made to connect to the cp which has been specified in the configuration file If it is possible to establish a connection the cp sends performance values regarding this connection and all cp addresses known in the system to the client Userlnterface or Agent The cp addresses serve to update the corresponding section in the configuration file The client connects to all these processes and obtains their performance values in order to identify the cp with the most optimal values i e the lowest work load This communication process is then used to start job processing as required The connections to all other communication processes are terminated system can have up to 12288 active Agent connections and 1024 active User connections See also Multi Server Operation 54 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation 8 3 Server Processes There are two types of Server processes work and communication processes All server processes communicate with each other If o
180. eL gt lt Modex gt 0 lt Modex gt lt MaxParallel gt 0 lt MaxParallel gt lt Enforced gt 0 lt Enforced gt lt Members gt row Archivei 5 Archive2 6 HW 2 Icon FILT Name HOSTG Role SW 3 SWVers 4 Version 1 gt row Archive1z Archive2 HW Icon HOST Name WINO1 Rolez SW SWVersz Typez H Version gt lt Members gt lt DOCU_General state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA User Smith gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt HOSTG gt lt uc export gt See also AgentGroup Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 2 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an AgentGroup object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created HOSTG Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system HEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 100 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 HOSTG HostAttrType CITName ModeA ModeF ModeN ModeL ModeX Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Forma
181. eate InitialContextFactory ServerURL ATTR JMX FORM MPE Automation Engine 191 MBean Server SAP SAP Remote Remote API JSR 160 MBeanServerLocal Use existing one Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of three options can be selected AgentID Agent ID optional maximum 20 characters Attribute AGENT ID MBeanServerCreate Create new instance if not found Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected InitialContextFactory Initial Context Factory optional maximum 100 characters Attribute INITIAL CONTEXT FACTORY ServerURL Server URL maximum 100 characters Attribute SERVER URL Form tab only in PeopleSoft and SAP Jobs The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The sub elements contain the connection information Connectstring with the login information not being output General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR_MPE OutputDb Job report OutputDbErr OutputFile OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated 192 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects JobName Queue InputPriority HIPRI Other NSK Runtime options
182. ecified minimum runtime Runtime was kept If not the same settings can be defined as with monitoring the maximum runtime Automation Engine 87 You can also react to the end status of a task Tasks be re activated and or Result any task can be started when the specified status is not met OK Status Ay The Result tab is not considered if a task obtains the status ENDED __ INACTIVE 88 Chapter 10 Schedule 10 2 Procedure of Checking a Scheduled Task Automation Engine 89 The following diagram shows how scheduled tasks are checked system internally Periodic Turnaround Task not active due to definition Next Periodic Tumaround Inactive because of Calendar Next Periodic Turmaround Next Periodic Turnaround Next Periodic Turnaround 90 Chapter 10 Schedule The exact order in which tasks are processed depends on the particular settings that are explained in more detail in the document Executing Objects See also Schedule Logic Automation Engine 91 11 Workflow 11 1 Workflow Logic Properties can be assigned to each particular task of a Workflow which as a result can influence the order in which Workflow tasks are executed Detailed description about the tabs and the fields control elements are found in the User Guide This document serves to explain the particular settings and possible effects The order in which the different settings are checked is significant The fol
183. ected and O not selected Attribute SAP NOPRINT SAP Deliver Report send status Allowed values A Always E Error case N Never Attribute SAP DELIVER SAP StatusByMail Report status by mail Allowed values A Always E Error case N Never Attribute SAP STATUSBYMAIL Form tab only in PeopleSoft and SAP Jobs The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The sub elements contain the connection information Connectstring with the login information not being output General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Automation Engine 199 ATTR_SIEBEL OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile GatewaySrv EnterprSrv SiebelSrvs Language Compression Encryption SQL Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputD bEr On error only Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Start parameter GatewaySrv Gateway Server maximum 255 characters Attribute GATEWAY SERVER EnterprSrv Enterprise Servers maximum 255 characters Attribute ENTERPRISE SERVER SiebelSrvs Siebel Servers maximum 255 characters Attribute SIEBEL SERVERS Language Language maximum 3 characters Attribute LANGUAGE Compression Compression
184. ects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed MSCRI Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure File System Event EVNT File System tab FILE PE in File System Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 144 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects HostDst Path FileType Operator Value Unit Attributes HostDst Name of an Agent Attribute HOST Path Path in the file system maximal 255 characters Attribute EVENT_FILE_PATH FileType Type of monitoring Allowed values PC PATH_FILE_COUNT FF FILESYSTEM_SPACE_FREE PD PATH_SPACE_USED PU PATH_SPACE_UNUSED Attribute EVENT_SUB_TYPE Operator Comparison operand Allowed values G amp gt for gt L amp It for lt E for N amp It amp gt for lt gt F amp gt for gt and K amp It for lt Attribute EVENT_COMP_TYPE Value Comparison value Value ranging between 0 and 99999999 EVENT COMP VALUE
185. ed gt John Smith on 2005 03 10 12 46 58 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 10 12 56 19 6 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt ATTR_VARA state 1 gt lt Type gt C Text lt Type gt lt source gt STATIC lt source gt lt VRName gt FREI Frei gewahit lt VRName gt lt NotFoundErr gt 0 lt NotFoundErr gt NotFoundDef 1 NotFoundDef lt ShareN gt 0 lt ShareN gt lt ShareL gt 0 lt ShareL gt ShareR 0 ShareR MinValue C MaxValue C 12 MaxValue C uppercase 1 uppercase OutputFormat N MinValue N MaxValue N OutputFormat TI MinValue TI MaxValue TI OutputFormat D MinValue D MaxValue D OutputFormat TS MinValue TS MaxValue TS lt sortColumn gt lt sortDirection gt lt ATTR_VARA gt lt VARA state 1 gt lt Variables gt row Name ARCHIVE Value J Valueiz Value2 Value3 Value4 gt row Name UNLOAD Value N Valuei1 2 Value2 Value3 Value4 gt row Name CLIENT Value 3 Value1 Value2 Value3 Value4 gt Automation Engine 277 row Name REORGANIZE Value N Valuel Value2 Value3 Value4 gt lt Variables gt SQL Conn Login lt prefUserConn gt 0 lt prefUserConn gt prefUserLogin O prefUserLogin lt 541 gt lt resultformat gt lt SQL gt lt SQL_INTERN gt lt prefUserCo
186. ed gt System UC4 on 2009 02 18 15 17 57 lt Created gt lt Modified gt System UC4 on 2009 02 18 15 18 35 1 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt lt HEADER gt lt HSTA_FILTER state 1 gt lt FILTER gt row hosttype WINDOWS hwz id 0 ip lic_cat DEV Inr 0 namez WIN not 1 rolle DB sw sw versionz 6 0 version gt lt FILTER gt lt HSTA_FILTER gt lt HSTA_HACL state 1 gt lt Rights gt lt row Client 1 Productive environment R 1 W 1 X 1 client 1 id 101191 use 1 gt lt row Client 98 Test environment R 0 W 0 X 0 client 98 id 0 use 0 gt lt row Client 800 Productive environment R 0 W 0 X 0 client 800 id 0 use 0 gt lt Rights gt lt HSTA_HACL gt lt DOCU_General state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt HOSTG gt lt uc export gt See also Agent Client Assignment Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 3 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an Agent Client Assignment object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created HSTA HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 HSTA_ FILTER Automation Engin
187. ed in a secured and encrypted way UC4 version 9 00A provides an optimized and improved FileTransfer procedure This new protocol is only used if the participating Agents are of version 9 00A or later For compatibility reasons the old procedure is used if one of the Agents has an older version Old FileTransfer Protocol up to 8 00A Both Agents require a connection for the FileTransfer to start One of the work processes contacts the communication process that is connected to the source Agent and informs it about the connection request The communication process passes the information on to the Agent The Agent uses the included information in order to connect to the target Agent Q If the Automation Engine s attempt to establish a connection fails for example because of Firewall settings it uses the same information in order to contact the target Agent The target Agent now tries to establish a connection to the source Agent Connection request Connection request Connection request Connection establishment 2 in case of erroneous connection establishment 1 The FileTransfer can start as soon as the two Agents are connected with each other Status messages are regularly sent to the UC4 Automation Engine in order to track the progress The FileTransfer task s Detail Window the Userlnterface shows the number of bytes that have already been transferred Unlike with the new FT protocol all FileTransfer files are sent via a
188. ee object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 222 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects PROMPTDESIGNER Designer tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed PROMPTSETXUI PromptSet elements and their properties XUIEDITOR The CDATA section contains the XML structure for the PromptSet elements The XML element dialog defines the size of the input prompt and readpanel the name It includes an extra XML tag for each PromptSet Elemen text text e integer number e combo combination field e dynradiogroup option field e dyncheckgroup checkbox or check list if the parameter mode list has been set time time e datefield date or time stamp parameter mode timestamp PROMPTSETDATA Default values of PromptSet elements DATAEDITOR The CDATA section provides an extra XML element with the default value for each PromptSet element DOCU_ Title Documentation tab
189. el quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 250 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects dyntree SCRIPT MSCRI List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values 0 all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name
190. ence gt UC_DATATYPE_TIMESTAMP lt entry gt entry name calendar gt CALE WORKDAYS lt entry gt lt entry name key gt WORKDAYS lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Timestamp lt entry gt lt entry name min gt lt entry name max gt entry name outputformat date1 entry 220 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt entry name id gt timestamp2 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt date lt entry gt lt properties gt lt datefield gt lt readpanel gt lt dialog gt gt lt XUIEDITOR gt lt PROMPTSETXUI gt lt PROMPTSETDATA state 1 gt lt DATAEDITOR gt lt CDATA lt PRPTS idnr 1296007 client 0098 system UC4 ontop 1 src oh gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt textfield1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert altview 0 promptname textfield1 ReadFromTable OPSE gt lt textfield1 gt integer1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert ReadFromTable OPSE gt 0 lt integer1 gt combobox1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert ReadFromTable OPSE gt lt combobox1 gt lt radiogroup1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert ReadFromTable OPSE gt lt radiogroup1 gt checkgroup1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert ReadFromTable OPSE gt lt checkgroup1 gt lt checklist2 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert altview 0 promptname checklis
191. ent of this column can be defined with Result format restart A restart refers to the repetition of an object s execution This action differs from a new start in some parts return code The value that represents the result of tasks and script functions RunID Short for run number It is a number that provides unique information about a task s execution The RunID can include 7 to 10 digits It is assigned by the UC4 Server Runtime The duration of a task s execution It refers to the period between a task s start and end It does not include its activation period see also activation and start Schedule It starts executable objects periodically A particular UC4 object type Script A script processes statements in UC4 s script language A particular UC4 object type Script Variable A placeholder for a value within a script Server process The core of a UC4 Automation Engine Different types are available communication work and dialog processes as well as nonstop processes ServiceManager A program that facilitates the starts and stops of UC4 components Service Catalog A perspective of the Enterprise Control Center It allows users to start the objects in their Favorites folder and generally monitor their execution start This refers to the start of a task s execution see also Activation static variables A Variable object with the setting Source Static Variable values are entered by a User or with a
192. eriod comprises of several days and the individual tasks should be scheduled at particular days beginning at the period s starting time see Schedule properties start time For example You have created a Schedule with a period of 7 days These days should represent the 7 days of a week Therefore the Schedule must start on a Monday The activation time is only irrelevant if you activate the Schedule with a logical date that corresponds to a Monday Automation Engine 9 In Schedule tasks the logical date is the time at which the tasks are scheduled or started in the Schedule Ay The Calendar conditions of Event objects are always checked against the current date and time This includes that the logical date does not affect Events Inrestarts the logical date corresponds to the reference execution In restarted Workflows it is passed on to all subordinate tasks as in normal activations You can use the logical date for Starting tasks You can define a logical date for starting tasks with options Forecasts You can use a logical date for creating Forecasts e Script elements In the script functions ACTIVATE OBJECT and FORECAST OBJECT you can also use a logical date The following script functions are available for retrieving date and time SYS LDATE Returns the logical date SYS TIMESTAMP PHYSICAL Provides the current date and time SYS_TIME_PHYSICAL Determines the current time of the day SYS DATE PHYSICAL Determines t
193. ernal Multi The following placeholders can be used for the content of the value column Column number Source SQL internal SQL_INTERN command sql command ora command db2 command db2zos resultformat Source Multi SQL statement SQL commands to be processed on the UC4 Database Commands are specified by database type SQL statement SQL commands to be processed on the UC4 Database Commands are specified by database type Result Format Formatting of the Result column in dynamic Variables SQL SQL internal Multi The following placeholders can be used for the content of the value column Column number SQL MULTI Vara1 Vara2 resultformat union intersection minus Source Filelist Variable tab in Variable objects using the setting Source Multi Variable 1 and 2 Names of the Variable objects which serve as value source Result Format Formatting of the Result column in dynamic Variables SQL SQL internal Multi The following placeholders can be used for the content of the value column Column number Operation Allowed values 0 not selected or 1 selected You can only select one of the provided three options 284 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SQL_FILELIST Variable tab Variable objects using the setting Source Filelist directory Directory Path and file filter for retrieving the file names HostDst Host Name of an OS Agent Login Login Name of the Login ob
194. error Ending Server processes Server processes can be ended collectively or individually Ending particular ones is especially useful when Server processes are distributed on several computers and only the Server processes of a particular computer should be ended Ending a particular Server process Popup menu command Immediately single process Ending all communications and work Popup menu command Shutdown UC4 SHUTDOWN processes System d UC4 recommends using the following procedure in order to end all Server processes individually First terminate all work processes except for the primary work process Then terminate all communication processes and last but not least the primary work process This is what happens when a particular Server process is ended Communication process It informs the connected Userlnterfaces and Agents so that these can establish a connection to a different communication process Then the process completes its report and ends Work processes write their reports and then they end If a primary work process PWP is ended one of the other work processes assumes the role of a PWP Shutting down the UC4 System e The primary work process is instructed to shut down and so all other Server processes can end well regulated The same procedure applies as described above when a particular Server process is 64 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation ended The primary work process is resp
195. es 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed dyntree PRE_SCRIPT PSCRI Automation Engine 187 List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Value
196. ess tab Final JCL is generated JCL is transferred tothe Agent Job is executed Runtime Report is commences transferred to the UC4 Server Post Process is executed if available Some checks are made before the Job is executed in the order shown below Was the Job canceled in the meantime Should the Job be started manually Does Job execution depend on Sync objects Was the maximum number of Jobs reached that may run parallel on the Agent Is the Agent active Finding Jobs after Agent Downtime When an Agent ends and is then restarted it obtains the whole restart information from the Server i e about all Jobs that were being executed at the time the Agent ended Of course Jobs might have ended during the Agent s downtime The Agent starts searching for Jobs in the process lists of the particular operating system If it does not find a Job anymore it searches for its report file in the temporary directory and retrieves the point in time when the particular Job has ended and its return code If the Agent is not able to find any information the Job status changes to V status vanished See also Sample Collection Setting End Status depending on Report Content 46 Chapter 7 FileTransfer 7 FileTransfer 7 1 FileTransfer Procedure OS Agents are designed for the transfer of files Doing so requires an Agent to be installed on the source computer and on the target computer Files are transferr
197. esses are required Please contact the UC4 support team in this case See also Server processes Multi Server Operation Dialog Process 8 7 Process Queues All queued tasks in the UC4 Automation Platform are divided into individual partial steps The tasks in the individual queues are a result of these partial steps The server processes read these tasks from the queue Automation Engine 61 and execute them Queues are technically realized as tables in the UC4 Database 8 7 1 Work Queues Each UC4 system has several message queues Depending on their types tasks are lined up in the corresponding queue If a work process is momentarily idle or finished with its current tasks it will take the next queued task and process it The execution of the task can lead to a new task for the work queue This is then attached to the current tasks Some tasks can only be processed by the primary work process For this reason the freed up primary work process always checks first if any of these special work processes are present in the queue This is then processed by the primary work process before all other tasks If this task requires the passing of information to Agents or Userlnterfaces the work process writes its own task to the respective communication queue e Further information about message queues can be retrieved using the script functionSYS INFO 8 7 2 Communication Queue Each communication process within a UC4 System possesses
198. ethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Return code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system retum code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Automation Engine 213 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value
199. export clientvers 3 02 gt JOBI client 0003 name PARENT_INFO system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 08 06 00 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 08 11 49 2 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt SCRIPT state 2 gt lt MSCRI gt I CDATA SET amp PNAME SYS_ACT_PARENT_NAME SET amp PRUN SYS PARENT NR SET amp PTYPE SYS ACT PARENT TYPE gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_General state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATAL Include for Parent information gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt JOBI gt Automation Engine 169 lt uc export gt See also Include Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 12 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an Include object and explains the individual elements uc export JOBI HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defi
200. f tasks e Schedule e Workflow e Group Activation Type Activator ACT 36 Chapter 4 Executing Objects This type directly activates tasks but it is not responsible for monitoring their execution e User manual activation e CallAPI e Tasks that execute the script element ACTIVATE UC OBJECT e Object settings Object Settings In almost all objects you can configure values that can change during runtime duration of runtime status result Therefore objects can be started from particular points if their values deviate from specified values Executable objects Runtime Runtime that is above or below the limit CALL Attributes Escalation Notification JOBP Attributes Result evaluation of the individual tasks Checkpoint Time checkpoint for tasks Dependencies Else conditions Runtime Runtime that is above or below the limit Post Conditions Condition STATUS JSCH Attributes Result evaluation of the individual tasks Runtime Runtime that is above or below the limit Result OK status To obtain information about a Group you must activate the setting Generate at runtime Attributes tab in the task that uses this script function If this option is not activated you can only retrieve information about Groups using the post processing option 4 10 Object and PromptSet Variables Almost every executable object includes a Variables amp Prompts tab This tab includes two sections Variables and PromptSets You
201. f the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Attributes tab in TimeZone objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Year Four digit cipher of the year Difference to UTC TzDiffhh Hours Value between 13 and 13 TzDiffmi Minutes Value between 59 and 59 266 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DIsDiffmi Difference to normal time Time in minutes Value between 0 and 99 DIsSmo Change to Daylight Savings Time DIsStt DisSwd DIsShh DisSmi DisStt n Day Value between 1 and 5 DIsSmo Month Value between 1 and 12 DisSwd Weekday Value between 1 and 7 DIsShh Hour Value between 0 and 23 DIsSmi Minute Value between 0 and 59 DIsEmo Change to normal time DIsEwd DIsEtt DIsEhh DIsEmi DIsEwd Weekday Value between 1 and 5 DIsEmo Month Value between 1 and 12 DIsEtt n Day Value between 1 and 7 DIsEhh Hour Value between 0
202. f the object variable max 255 characters The number of object variables is not limited Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Post Process tab only in Jobs The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Automation Engine 237 Export File of RemoteTaskManager Filter Specifications XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 19 Schedule 12 19 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Schedule object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt JSCH client 0003 name MM DB system UCGLOBAL gt lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 29 09 46 06 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 29 09 49 46 1 x lt Modified gt
203. fy an Else condition just as described above in the section status of predecessors When starting the task its expected runtime ERT can serve as a basis for calculating the expected end time If the result exceeds the defined time the task will not be executed and ends with ENDED _ TIMEOUT The handling specified in the Else section then becomes effective CHECKING DURING TASK EXECUTION A task s runtime can be monitored during the execution of the task thereby enabling reaction to exceeded maximum runtimes The task can be canceled or ended and or another task be executed Succeeding Workflow tasks are continued as usual CHECKING AT THE END OF A TASK At the end of task execution it can be checked if the specified minimum runtime was kept If not the same settings can be defined as with monitoring the maximum runtime Earliest Eres Conditions Dependencies Dependencies Dependencies Runtime Runtime Automation Engine 93 When a task has ended you can check further conditions or execute Post further actions They can partly differ from the possible pre Conditions conditions can also affect the task s or the Workflow s status The complete verification process takes only place once This functionality is useful to react to a task s end status You can start any object or cancel a Workflow or task if a particular status has been reached or not Final conditions and actions Note that the condit
204. g the settings for this evaluation should always be set below the estimated runtime This allows you to avoid unnecessary alarms for example 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 25 20 15 10 5 inext RRT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 31 ERT min 00 00 01 max 00 00 35 next 00 00 23 The saved estimated runtimes can be displayed in a diagram The estimated runtimes and the real runtimes the latter beginning one position to the left can be compared The diagram begins with the oldest real runtime and ends with the estimated runtime of the next run Setting the Methods for Evaluating the ERT Default Settings for all Clients If there is no explicit specification on the method of evaluating estimated runtimes the following program settings apply e Method for evaluating the estimated runtime Linear regression e Fixed value for the estimated runtime in seconds 0 Number of runs to be assessed 25 e Positive revision value in percent 0 e Deviation in percent 0 e Minimum number of runs taken into account for the deviation 0 Central Settings for a Single Client For a single client the method of evaluating can be recorded in the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_ SETTINGS These values apply to the calculation for all objects in a client that have Use default selected in the Runtime tab Settings in Individual Objects
205. g forecasts you can indicate a so called logical date In this case the date specified in the Calendar conditions of Workflows and Schedules is used instead of the current date See also TimeZone Object TimeZones Overview Examples for Using TimeZones Time Automation Engine 5 2 2 TimeZones Overview The following table lists all objects and properties of objects in which TimeZone objects can be set The order of the objects included in the table corresponds to the order in the UC4 system e g modifications in the Client object affect all objects of this client The table contains the following columns e Object type short form of object type e Specified TimeZone TimeZone object that has been specified in the particular object e Actual TimeZone TimeZone object that is valid for the particular object e Tab place where the TimeZone object can be specified not specified means that it is not possible to specify a TimeZone Q The TimeZone objects TZ1 TZ2 TZ3 TZ4 are sample TimeZones and serve to provide a better understanding d The term client corresponds to the client s time zone and Workflow corresponds to the one of the superordinate Workflow etc G Standard refers to the default time zone UTC Universal Time Coordinated Note for Workflows TimeZone specifications made in an object do not affect Workflow properties t CLNT Not specified Standard Attributes TZ1 TZ1 Attributes CALE
206. ged to daylight savings time at 02 00 to 03 00 o clock but the object still keeps its 4 hour interval The same applies when you change over to standard time Pay special attention to this behavior if a Calendar with a time period has been defined in the Event object In this case the triggering times are re scheduled and can lie within or outside of the specified time frame after the clock has been changed UC4 recommends starting the Event object via a Schedule in order to avoid such a situation The Event s start time is then adjusted to summer or winter time when the period turnaround takes place When you set up an interval where the object would be executed in the hour that is missed out by the time change the object will be executed at the next full hour Example An interval of 20 minutes has been set the first check time is 01 49 then the next check time should be 02 09 But since that hour is missing because of the time change your object will be executed at 03 00 So the interval would be 11 minutes long only in this one instance The reason for this behavior is the necessity for the NEXTCHECK to re calculate UTC into local time of client or object respectively in order to ensure that e g workflow or calender objects with time settings are executed correctly See also Time Changing The Time 14 Chapter 2 Date and Time 2 Changing The Time Time plays an important role in UC4 because it is used in many place
207. gt lt runtime MrtCancel 0 MrtDays 0 MrtErt 0 MrtExecute 0 MrtExecuteObj MrtFix 0 MrtMethodDate 0 MrtMethodErt 0 MrtMethodFix 0 MrtMethodNone 1 MrtOn 1 286 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MrtTime 00 00 SrtErt 0 SrtFix 0 SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodFix 0 SrtMethodNone 1 gt lt postconditions gt lt PostCon gt conditions id CONDITIONS gt condition activez 1 id STATUS once 0 type C uiinfo gt lt params gt lt param altview 0 name xc 01 type V value ENDED_OK gt lt params gt lt when active 1 id STATUS once 0 type W uiinfo gt else active 1 id STATUS once 0 type E uiinfo gt lt action active 1 id EXECUTE OBJECT once 0 type A uiinfo gt lt params gt lt param altview 0 name xc_pO1 type V value BSP_CALLO1 gt param altview 0 name xc 02 type V value amp lIt PARAMETERN amp gt gt param altview 0 name xc_p03 type V value 911011 gt lt params gt lt action gt action active 1 id BLOCK once 0 type A uiinfo gt lt params gt lt param altview 0 name xc_pO1 type V value Aufgabe amp amp NAME abnormal beendet gt lt params gt lt action gt lt else gt lt condition gt lt PostCon gt lt postconditions gt lt dynvalues gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type
208. h the key CALENDAR at 00 00 am UTC all Agent and Server processes Events Schedules RemoteTaskManagers Syncs and the recurring tasks in all clients the time the UC4 Database zone of the system client 0000 Inthe UC4 Variable UC __ SYSTEM __ SETTINGS you use the settings CHANGE LOGGING DAYS and CHANGE LOGGING MB to determine how often and in which intervals the automatic log file change should take place 3 You can also determine the log file change for Agents and Server processes in the System Overview or by using the script element CHANGE LOGGING See also Partitioning with ILM Automation Engine 305 306 Chapter Glossary Glossary This glossary lists all UC4 specific technical terms in alphabetical order ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ A activation Through activation tasks obtain a RunlD are displayed in the Activity Window and are ready for execution see also Start activation log A report that contains all details about task activation The details that are included in the log depend on the settings that have been specified for example the generated JCL modified Variables Activity Window A Userlnterface window that displays all activated tasks Agent A program that enables the execution of processes on target systems such as computers or business solutions A particular UC4 object type alias This refers to the name of Workflow tasks or objects that
209. he current date SYS_TIME Retums the current time of day at the beginning of script processing SYS DATE Retums the current date at the beginning of script processing CALE LOOK AHEAD Returns the next date based on calendar conditions Pay special attention if you specify that either the current or the logical date should be considered in script elements which refer to time This could result in adverse effects especially when tasks are restarted Examples The following example explains how the logical date is best used The Workflow JOBP LOGDATE includes two tasks JOBO1 and JOBO2 A Calendar has been specified in the properties of JOBO2 Therefore this task can only start on Saturdays Activating the Workflow ona different day of the week has the effect that the Workflow blocks In order to execute the task and the Workflow successfully you need to use a logical date 10 Chapter 2 Date and Time of 3002 Workflow JOBP LOGDATE eoo FAisave Ballast Monitor E LastReport x4 Statistics Print v 20 Variables p gt Execute v p Header I attributes Lb Workflow si Variables amp Prompts E Documentation Calendar Execute if one condition matches Execute if no condition matches Execute when all conditions match C Use Calendar definition of the ext dependency Execute the corresponding Workflow using the Once option and define a poin
210. heduled tasks are used for calculating the runtimes of Groups The ERT values that are stored in the tasks are used Therefore it is not possible to change the result by means of subsequent specifications for ERT calculation in objects Itis also possible that no tasks are scheduled for Groups at the time of forecast calculation Therefore the ERT of the relevant Group or a fixed value for all Groups can be used e Scheduled tasks are calculated several times if they are used for the calculation of a Group and this Group is available several times This causes results to be distorted Non executed skipped tasks are taken into account with a calculated runtime of one second This is the time the UC4 Automation Engine requires for handling the particular tasks Settings considered in Forecast Calculations Condition of Predecessor s e According to the entry made in the Dependencies tab task properties in Workflow e An ELSE action is executed if the required earliest dependency conditions are not met Calendar e According to the entry made in the Calendar tab task properties in Workflow and the specified logical date of the forecast e Thetask is only evaluated with its runtime if the set calendar conditions are met Earliest Start e According to the entry in the Earliest tab task properties in Workflow and the specified real date and the forecast s start time e Thetask is only started if the specified start time for the ea
211. ia lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2004 03 10 12 46 58 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 11 12 59 02 1 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt lt TZ state 1 gt lt Year gt 2004 lt Year gt lt TzDiffhh gt 1 lt TzDiffhh gt lt TzDiffmi gt 0 lt TzDiffmi gt lt DIsDiffmi gt 60 lt DIsDiffmi gt DlsSmo 3 DlsSmo DlsStt 5 DIsStt DisSwd 7 DlsSwd DIsShh 2 DIsShh DlsSmi 0 DlsSmi lt 015 gt 10 DIsEmo lt DlsEwd gt 7 lt DlsEwd gt lt DIsEtt gt 5 lt DIsEtt gt DIsEhh 3 DIsEhh lt DIsEmi gt 0 lt DlsEmi gt lt TZ gt lt DOCU_General state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA Time zone for Central Europe gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt DOCU_ Details state 1 type xml gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_Details gt lt TZ gt lt uc export gt See also TimeZone Structure of the export file Structure of the XML files for imports and exports 12 22 2 Automation Engine 265 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a TimeZone object and explains the individual elements uc export TZ HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed TZ Year TzDiffhh TzDiffmi Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name o
212. ibes the XML file structure of a Group object and explains the individual elements uc export JOBG XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER In active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Syncs ATTR_JOBG MaxParallel StartModeCommand StartModeAuto Automation Engine 163 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attrib
213. ider deviation Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object 166 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monit
214. ined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected SYNCREF Syncs CALEREF Cond ATTR_EVNT StartType IntAccount ActAtRun Automation Engine 137 Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Calendar For Event objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of Calendar conditions Attributes per Calendar definition row CaleKeyName Calendar keyword CaleName Calendar object From Start time of the period To End time of the period id Intemal number of the Calendar object OH_Idnr Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be
215. ing between 0 and 999 116 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj CPIT Cockpit Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodEnt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Cockpit tab in Cockpit objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Cockpit tab The attributes FrmHeight and FrmWidth contain information about the heigh
216. ion STATUS is not considered if the task obtains the status ENDED INACTIVE You can still check this end status by using the Dependencies tab of the successive task 11 2 Checking a Workflow Task s Processes The following diagrams illustrate the internal processes of a task which is part of a Workflow Note the PromptSet dialogs only display during the start of the Workflow task when you have defined this inits properties 94 Chapter 11 Workflow All Predecessors ended Inactive because of Calendar Task not active due to definition Waiting for Start Time yes Waiting for user input Automation Engine 95 The order in which a task is processed depends on the particular specified settings which are explained in more detail in the document Executing Objects 11 2 1 Else Condition See also Workflow Logic 96 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects 12 XML Files of Objects 12 1 XML File Structure for Imports and Exports An XML file containing the information for the selected objects is created with all exports It contains all the values that have been set in the various tabs Its structure depends on the particular object type but the basic structure is always the same d Note that all objects can be exported Exempted are only clients servers and Agents Main Structure The following illustration shows an export file that contains two objects lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 88
217. iority does not influence the processing order of tasks It serves to define their starting order Therefore changing the priority of activated tasks does only show a result for tasks that are in a waiting condition e Highest priority 1 e Lowest priority 255 Default value 200 dy The default value 0 has been preset in the Attributes tab of objects Hence the priority specified in the UCA Variable UC CLIENT SETTINGS key TASK PRIORITY applies d Fortasks of the same priority the First in first out principle applies See also Activity Window 4 8 Resources By default all Jobs and FileTransfers are processed without any Agent limitations At closer view it becomes obvious that tasks contain different statements Some of them are CPU consuming or have long runtimes UC4 has developed a resource concept which considers a host s workload during processing It allows different emphasis to be put on Jobs and FileTransfers Agents have a specified resource pool andit is possible to define how many resources are consumed during execution for each Job and FileTransfer 34 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Q Our resource concept does not specifically refer to CPU time or memory etc The values specified as resources are abstract values which intend to provide a high level of flexibility for your configuration Runtime Parameters Consumption resources UC4 priority o 4 0 255 C Attribute dialog TimeZone
218. ively performed through the communication 56 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation processes After the start a connection is established to the primary work process See also Multi Server Operation 8 4 Dialog Processes Dialog processes are a special form of work processes DWP They function in the same way as work processes but are exclusively used for Userlnterface messages Performance can be negatively affected if the primary work process has to deal with complex queries or huge data amounts UC4 recommends converting a particular number of work processes to Dialog processes You can either do so manually in the System Overview using script elements or by defining a default value in the system wide settings dy A Server process that has a Server role cannot be converted to a Dialog process This means that the primary work process plus at least two work processes must be active before a Dialog process is available d When the last Dialog process has been ended work processes process Userlnterface messages Therefore a UC4 system can also operate without Dialog processes System Overview The System Overview lists all Server processes of the UC4 system Work processes can be converted to Dialog processes from this overview using the corresponding popup menu command This does not include the primary work process The di symbol and type D identify Dialog processes Automation Engine 57
219. ject UTC is used if no TimeZone has been specified at all UC4 recommends indicating a TimeZone at least in the client object For the properties of Workflows and Schedules e g latest start time either the TimeZone selected there or the TimeZone of the Workflow or Schedule object is used If there is also no TimeZone available the client s TimeZone or UTC is used For starting tasks in Schedules the particular Schedule s TimeZone is valid Display TimeZones specified for a User serve mere information purposes e g in the Message Window The same holds true for Userlnterface settings which can be specified by each User Both do not influence the processing of tasks Hence it is of no importance by which user the object was started Script TimeZones are additionally used in many script elements The following list shows the ones in which TimeZones are assigned as parameters CONV TIMESTAMP Converts date and time for use in another TimeZone SYS DATE Retums the current date at the beginning of the script processing SYS DATE PHYSICAL Retums the current date SYS TIME Retums the current time of day at the beginning of the script processing SYS TIME PHYSICAL Determines the current time of day SYS TIMESTAMP Provides current date and time PHYSICAL Additional script elements referring to date and time are found in the document Script Elements Ordered by Functions Logical Date When executing tasks with options and creatin
220. ject which includes the host s login data preferUserHost Apply task s host Allowed values 0 not selected or 1 selected With this option being activated the Agent of the task is used which accesses the Variable object preferUserLogin Apply task s Login Allowed values 0 not selected or 1 selected With this option being activated the Login object of the task is used which accesses the Variable See also Export File of a Variable XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 26 Workflow 12 26 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Workflow object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt JOBP client2 0003 name z JOBP DATABASE MAINTENANCE system UCGLOBAL gt lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2004 06 25 14 48 40 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 23 17 07 27 11 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAIlI O ExtRepAIl gt Automation Engine 285 lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JOBP state 1 gt StartType lt IntAccount gt lt AutoDeactNo gt 0 lt AutoDeactNo gt AutoDeactiErrorFree O AutoDeactiErrorFree lt AutoDeactErr
221. jects lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt SrtFix20 SrtFix SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt lt SrtErt gt 0 lt SrtErt gt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt CPIT state 2 gt lt Cockpit gt lt attributes FrmHeight 5445 FrmWidth 9600 ResName gt control Caption WINO1 Container 0 Font Dialog FontBold 0 FontItalic 0 FontSize 12 Lnr 6 1 2 1 Max3 0 Min 1 Style 2 ValueType 3 height 103 left 122 top 115 width 98 gt source QName VARA_HOST_WINO1 QName2 HOST_ACTIVE gt lt control gt control Caption Free disc space GB Container 0 Font Dialog FontBold 0 FontItalic O FontSize 12 Lnor 7 Max1 5 Max2 10 Max3 50 Minz
222. kflow NEWYORK Job in the Workflow No TimeZone The Workflow and the Job use TimeZone VIENNA and the Job properties in the Workflow use NEWYORK See also TimeZone Object Using TimeZones in UC4 TimeZones Overview 2 4 Logical Date Date and time play an important role for the execution of tasks Usually the actual date and time are used In some situations it is required to specify a particular point of time instead of the current one This particular point in time is referred to as the logical date It becomes effective when the Calendar conditions are checked The logical date and the real date do no depend on each other The logical date is used as a comparison date for checking the Calendar conditions The real date is used as a reference to the time conditions of Workflows task properties such as the earliest and latest runtime runtime monitoring d The logical date includes a date and a time Only the date is important for the Calendar check The time is used to handle date changes that can result from time zone or time differences daylight saving time d The logical date complies with the task s activation time if no particular date is specified Exception Workflow tasks always use the top Workflow s activation time as their logical date Note that each task has a logical date even if it has not explicitly been set d In Schedules the logical date defines the start of the period This is relevant for Schedules whose p
223. ks are changed to winter time or daylight savings time or the time difference to UTC The name of a TimeZone object must not be comprised of more than 8 characters Note that TimeZones consisting of more than 8 characters cannot be selected in other objects The folder TEMPLATE in the system client 0000 contains the following TimeZone templates e CET Central European Standard Time e CST Central Standard Time e EST Eastern Standard Time GMT Greenwich Mean Time e PST Pacific Standard Time SYD Sydney Standard Time Usage The created TimeZones can be used for various purposes such as Client Attributes User User Setting in the Userlnterface TimeZone Calendar Executable objects Attributes Runtime Properties in executable objects Workflow and Schedule Checkpoint Earliest Dependencies Runtime Already when creating a new client you can specify a TimeZone This TimeZone is then used within this client when tasks are processed and for indicating date and time If a different TimeZone is required for a particular object it can be specified in this object s Attributes tab TimeZones can also be specified for task properties in Workflows and Schedules These TimeZones will then be given priority Hence the appropriate TimeZone is searched for in the following order 4 Chapter 2 Date and Time Object settings gt Client The client s TimeZone is used if no TimeZone has been selected in the ob
224. l The UCA resource concept can also be used to limit the number of tasks running parallel on an Agent Ensure that all Jobs and FileTransfers consume resources of value 1 This can be specified in the keys of the UC4 Variable UC SYSTEM SETTINGS The default value of the UC4 Variable is only used if Job and FileTransfer objects have the value 0 specified as resource consumption Now enter the maximum number of parallel tasks as the resource value in the UC4 Variable s for host characteristics Each Job and FileTransfer consumes one resource during its execution Thus the Agent s resource value acts as the maximum number of tasks running parallel Script Changes the value of an attribute during generation SET UC SETTING Changes system settings during system operation GET ATT This function retums the values of a task s attributes during generation GET UC SETTING Reads current system settings MODIFY UC OBJECT Modifies the attribute of an activated object See also Controlled Computer Restart 4 9 Superordinate Tasks Parent Objects can be activated in various ways with the originator of the activation being referred to as the superordinate task or parent d Particular script elements are available that can be used to retrieve information about task parents There are two types of object activation Activation Type Processor PRC A processor is a superordinate tasks that is responsible for the proper execution o
225. l 50 characters each Password settings PwdNeverExpire Password never expires PwdMustChange Change password at next login Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected 270 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ValidTimeFrom ValidTimeTo ValidTime CaleName CaleKeyName MultiLogon EHRefresh Active UACL Rights Calendar and time settings ValidTime Login allowed Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ValidTimeFrom From Value between 00 00 and 23 59 ValidTimeTo To Value between 00 00 and 23 59 CaleName Calendar name Name of a Calendar object CaleKeyName Calendar keyword Name of a Calendar keyword Other settings MultiLogon Max parallel sessions Value between 0 and 9999 EHRefresh Min activity refresh Value between 0 and 99 Active User is active Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Authorizations tab in User and UserGroup objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of authorizations Attributes per authorization definition row AL Number of the authorization group or NOT B1 Access method Read R B2 Access method Write W B3 Access method Execute X B4 Access method Delete D B5 Access method Cancel C B6 Access to Statistics S B7 Access to Reports P B8 Access method Modify at runtime R B1 to B8 1 selected 0 not selected F1 Type 2 Name F3 Host F
226. l end only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected MrtExecute Execute for MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed dynvalues Automation Engine 297 Variables amp Prompts tab in Workflow and Schedule objects dyntree Definition node for the four areas Values Parent Values PromptSets Parent PromptSets and each assigned PromptSet object with the attributes content Content available Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id Internal name for the areas VALUE PVALUES PRPTS PPRPTS PromptSet object name Name Displayed name PromptSet object name parent id of the area to which the PromptSet has been assigned Allowed values PRPTS PromptSets or PPRPTS Parent PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value TASKVALUE Structure of values of parent value definitions node id VALUE or PVALUES VALUE The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Mod Variable value has been modified Allowed values 1 yes or 0 no Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values O all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS or
227. le Allowed values 0 no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values 0 all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Pre Process only in Jobs and Events Process tab in Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Automation Engine 143 SCRIPT Process tab only in executable obj
228. les string1234 string1234 string1234 string1234 string1234 string1234 string 1234 string 1234 string 1234 string string 1234 string 1234 There is another special feature that applies to object and PromptSet variables They can be inherited from superordinate objects A Schedule s tasks can use the Schedule s object and PromptSet variables This simplifies the maintenance process because it is not necessary to store the values in the individual objects Use the Variables amp Prompts tab to specify whether object variables should be inherited and if so which ones 38 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Inherit from parent All values The object obtains all the superordinate task s object and PromptSet variables default Only defined The object only obtains the superordinate task s object and PromptSet variables that values are defined in its Variables amp Prompts tab No values The object does not obtain object and PromptSet variables of the superordinate task Ay The values of objects that are activated using ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT and the parameter PASS _ VALUES are inherited regardless of the setting Inherit from parent Ay PromptSet and object variables are not inherited if the subordinate task includes a PromptSet variable of the same name regardless of the setting Inherit from parent Ay Note that inherited object and PromptSet variables overwrite existing object variables if they have the same name PromptSet varia
229. lidTo 2007 12 31 00 00 00 name WEEKLY1 state 1 gt lt Dynamic Direction Interval 0 IntervalEnd IntervalStart Period 1 PeriodEnd 10 PeriodStart 5 gt lt DefDays gt WE lt DefDays gt lt Dynamic gt lt Keyword gt Group Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll Example lt Keyword CType G ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType ValidFrom 2004 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2007 12 31 00 00 00 name GROUP state 1 gt lt Group gt lt A flag 1 gt row CaleKeyName WORKDAYS CaleName FIRM CALENDAR id 1533008 gt lt A gt lt N flag 0 gt lt O flag 1 gt row CaleKkeyName WORKDAYS SHIFTO1 CaleName FIRM CALENDAR id 1533008 gt lt O gt lt Group gt lt Keyword gt Roll Static Yearly Monthly Weekly Group Roll 108 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Example lt Keyword CType R ErrMsgInsert ErrMsgNr 0 MsgNr 0 SType ValidFrom 2005 01 01 00 00 00 ValidTo 2006 12 31 00 00 00 name ROLL state 1 gt lt Roll RCaleAdjust 0 RCaleIdnr 1535009 RCaleNameKey LAST_OF_A_ MONTH RCaleName CALENDAR_2006 RCaleOffset 1 RCaleOperator RCaleRef 0 RCaleRefIdnrz O RRCaleNameKeyz RRCaleName gt lt Collisions gt row CaleIdnr CaleKeyName WEEKEND CaleName CALENDAR_2006 Offset 0 Operator RCaleIdnr 1533008 RCaleKeyName WORKDAYS RCaleName z FIRM CALENDAR id 1535009 gt row CaleIdnr CaleKeyName CHRISTM
230. lowing table describes the logical checking order in writing the Workflow Logic Diagram gives details in pictures The Calendar conditions of the Workflow tasks and their validities are checked when the Workflow is activated The activation aborts when the validity period of a Calendar key has been exceeded Tasks that are not processed because of Calendar conditions obtain the status inactive only when the breakpoint has been deleted provided that there is one REPEATED CHECKS DURING WORKFLOW EXECUTION It is possible to specify one time checkpoint per task which is then Checkpoint regularly checked while the Workflow is executed You can define an alternative task that is to be activated when task was started at the defined point in time CHECKING BEFORE THE START OF A TASK All A task always waits until all its direct predecessors have been predecessors executed ended v Breakpoints be set in the properties and during the execution of a Earliest Workflow The Workflow then changes to the status blocked at the specified points Breakpoints can also be canceled with the appropriate command in the context menu of the Workflow Monitor Breakpoint It is also possible to have task only executed on particular days Calendar These days can be specified in Calendar keywords If the defined Calendar condition does not apply the task ends with the status ENDED_INACTIVE Calendar v Active
231. lready part of the FileTransfer No values are inherited Therefore the FileTransfer s object variable is used The value of amp HOST is not inherited Therefore it cannot be used Ay Task activation is canceled if an attempt is made to access a non existing or non inherited object variable via script This object variable is already part of the FileTransfer This example shows how values are inherited in a chain of task A Workflow includes the objects FILETRANSFERO1 and PROCESSFLOW01 PROCESSFLOWO1 includes two jobs Value inheritance between the main Workflow and the FileTransfer is as explained in example 1 FILETRANSFERO1 Object variable amp HOST winO1 PROCESSFLOW01 Object variable amp HOST unix02 JOB02 JOB03 Object variable none Object variable amp HOST unix03 Different situations are shown below and describe how PROCESSFLOWO and its settings affect the two jobs Inall objects the setting All values default has been defined Object variables are always inherited to the corresponding subordinate task JOBOS can access the object variables of PROCESSFLOW01 as well as those of the main Workflow Therefore amp FOLDER can be used the job FILETRANSFERO obtains the object variables of the main Workflow but not the ones of the other objects because they are not its parents PROCESSFLOWO has the setting Only defined values PROCESSFLOWO 1 does not inherit the obje
232. ltview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_General state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt JOBF gt lt uc export gt See also 150 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects FileTransfer Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 10 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a FileTransfer object and explains the individual elements uc export JOBF XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER In active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total num
233. lue xmlName binBlockSize gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName biRepeat check gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcClient gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcHostname gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 valuez xmlName rfcLanguage gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 valuez xmIName rfcLb_group gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmIName rfcLb_host gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLb router string gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLb system name gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLogin gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcMax concurrent gt component con 0 enc 1 type 2 value xmlName rfcPassword gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmIName rfcRouter_string gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 valuez xmlName rfcSnc lib gt component 1 enc 0 typez 2 value 0 xmlName rfcSnc mode gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 valuez xmlName rfcSnc myname gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmlName rfcSnc partnername gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmlName rfcSnc qop gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcSysnr gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcSystem name gt
234. lues area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet PROMPTSET or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values 0 all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 302 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MSCRI Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Titl
235. ly one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options can be selected 300 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values
236. m checks whether the Agent is active for tasks which should be processed on a check computer If not the task waits in the status Waiting for host Resource If you use the resource concept for your Jobs and FileTransfers the system checks if check there are sufficient resources for the Agents p Processing Various actions happen during this period of time depending on object types and contents task Notification messages are sent the Cockpit view opens the FileTransfer starts the JCL contents is processed on the destination computer etc The task is now in the status Active v Maximum While the task is being processed the system continuously checks whether the actual runtime runtime exceeds the expected runtime If so you can cancel or end the task and activate an alert object The corresponding options are available in the Runtime tab See also Executing Objects Stage 1 Activation Stage 2 Generation Stage 4 Completion 28 Chapter 4 Executing Objects 4 5 Stage 4 Completion Automation Engine 29 Several finishing activities are required at the end of processing These include executing Post Process contents transferring the report and completing the statistical report 30 Chapter 4 Executing Objects COMPLETION Save report of the task in the statistics Task object type Job Save report in the filesystem Submit the report in NO Save job report in the UC4 database the UC4 database P
237. me scale You can create TimeZone objects in order to have local times displayed and use them in task and script elements Standard Time and Daylight Savings Time You can specify the point in time for changing from winter to summer time in a TimeZone object The following illustration shows the relevant section in the Attributes tab Daylight Savings Time Difference to normal time 60H minutes Change to Daylight Savings Time Month 3 2 Weekday 7 d n days 2 S4Hour 2 0 8 Change to normal time Month 11 Weekday 7 3 n days 1 Hour 2 24 0 ej Changing from Standard Time to Daylight Savings Time When you change over from standard time winter time to daylight savings time summer time the clock is set forward by a particular number of minutes The time difference from standard time to daylight savings time is country specific Usually a value of 60 minutes one hour is used Setting the clock forward means that on the day on which you change over to the new daylight savings time you lose one hour This day is then one hour shorter than a regular day For example The local time is set forward for 60 minutes from 02 00 00 to 03 00 00 As a result this day has only 23 hours and there is no local time between 02 00 01 and 02 59 59 Consequences e All scheduled tasks are processed regardless of a clock change Despite the fact that an hour is missing a task that has been s
238. monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 MrtDays Settings for MRT monitoring MrtTime Mrt TZ These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object 258 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SrtMethodNone Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodkErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system
239. must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure General BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application 2 05 05 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows ATTR BS2000 OutputDb OutputDbErr OutputFile LstDb LstDbErr LstFile Job report OutputDb Database OutputFile File OutputDbErr On error only Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Peculiarities e BS2000 does not distinguish between SYSOUT and SYSLST e Under Windows the Job report can also be created by script IsGenerated Priority Express MaxCPU JobClass OrderName EnterParameter GCOS8 Automation Engine 189 Runtime options Priority Priority Value between 0 and 255 Attribute PRIORITY P Express Express Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute EXPRESS E MaxCPU Max CPU time Value between 0 and 32767 Attribute TIME T JobClass Job class maximum 8 characters Attribute JOB CLASS JC OrderName Name of the order maximum 8 characters Attribute JOB NAM
240. n SAP Example JOBQ R3 statez 1 lt QmFilters HOSTAttrType R3 QTypeMsgNr 6400 Text SAP Jobs lt filter MaxLen 32 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6000 Name Job name OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt row Valuez PRD operator lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 8 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6001 Name Job count OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 12 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6002 Name User name job initiator OR 0 Type C gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 1 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6003 Name job status OR 1 Type E gt lt operator Op E gt Automation Engine 229 row Value 6500 scheduled gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 0 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6004 Name scheduled start time OR 0 Type T gt lt operator Op G gt lt row Value 2005 10 11T00 00 00 gt lt operator gt lt operator Op L gt lt row Value 2005 10 11T03 00 00 gt lt operator gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 1 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6005 Name job without start date OR 0 Type E gt lt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt filter MaxLen 1 MaxValue 0 MinValue 0 MsgNr 6006 Name jobs with start condition amp quot with predecessor amp quot OR 0 Type E gt operator Op E gt lt filter gt lt filter
241. n method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are part of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object 186 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj DYNVALUES Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed valu
242. n the completion stage Automation Engine 25 AgentGroup The relevant Agent is selected for tasks that are processed in AgentGroup resolution Subsequent changes are possible in the Process tab v Object The object variables of the task and its superordinate task are provided variables p Pre Process Jobs Pre Process tab contents are processed v Attribute The Attribute dialog is only displayed if the task is activated manually and NOT dialog generated at runtime p Header Jobs Header Include and related User Includes are processed v Process Process tab contents are processed v Trailer Jobs Trailer Include and related User Includes are processed JCL Jobs JCL generation is possible after UC4 script processing JCL modifications are generation possible before the job starts on the destination computer See also Executing Objects Stage 1 Activation Stage 3 Processing Stage 4 Completion 4 4 Stage 3 Processing This stage starts with some checks Upon completion of these checks the task changes to the status Active d Some tasks e g Schedules remain active until they are ended manually or via script 26 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Order by Waiting for HOST Priority FIFO Status Waiting for HOST YES Ressources available Waiting for Ressource Order by Priority FIFO Object depending checks Automation Engine 27 Agent The syste
243. name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAI I All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 232 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Syncs ATTR_JOBQ HostDst HostAttrType MaxParallel IntAccount StartJobs Output AutoTerm ReplChildrenO ReplChildren1 ReplChildren2 Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Target host HostDst Name of the Agent Attribute HOST HostAttrType Name
244. nds on the Usage counters of the object Header tab number of objects Vara Depends on the Usage counters of the object Header tab number of objects MQMEM Depends on the None as each entry is only used once particular number of messages ODOC Fixed value None as there are no changes XREQ Fixed value The hit None as there are no changes ratio is always 100 USER Depends on the Usage counter of the user number of users OBJECT IDNR Depends on the The Cache is automatically renewed in all work processes and OBJECT number of objects whenever objects are renamed NAME HACL Fixed value The Cache is automatically set invalid when host authorizations are modified and newly created during the first usage See also System Overview Cache System Overview Server Settings Automation Engine 3 2 Date and Time 2 1 Using TimeZones in UC4 Time plays a key role in UC4 when programs communicate with each other tasks are activated conditions evaluated data is saved etc Time becomes even more important when UC4 is used ona global basis across several TimeZones and when interconnected tasks are to run properly The UC4 components Server processes Agents database etc internally use the internationally agreed and precise UTC time scale Nevertheless TimeZone objects can be created to indicate local times which can also be used in tasks and script elements TimeZones contain specifications such as the point in time when the cloc
245. ne process fails the remaining ones assume its queued tasks Server process names are formed dynamically from the start sequence and the process numbers that have been specified in the INI file This file contains a list of port numbers split into work and communication processes Each process number obtains a port number for the connection The process numbers must be unique in the entire UC4 system even for multiple computer usage The administration of process and port numbers is therefore very important The name of a work process starts with the letters WP and the next available process number The name of a communication process begins with CP and is also followed by the next available process number The names of log and trace files are based on the respective process names 8 3 1 Work Processes Work processes do the actual server work They activate generate and execute tasks and monitor them until they are finished The primary work process is used for special tasks It performs central work process tasks which must not be allocated time basis process administration etc At system start the work process which starts first becomes the primary work process If the primary work process fails one of the remaining work processes assumes its task its becomes the primary work process All relevant information is either regularly updated for all work processes or stored in the database The processing of some tasks is more com
246. nection XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 8 Documentation 12 8 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Documentation object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt DOCU client 0003 name CLIENT_OBJ_0003 system UCGLOBAL gt HEADER state 2 gt Title Partial documentation for client 3 lt Title gt Created John Smith on 2005 03 17 09 31 16 lt Created gt Modified John Smith on 2005 03 17 09 36 01 6x Modified lt LastUsed gt lt HEADER gt DOCU General state L type text gt DOC lt CDATA Objects of client 3 gt DOC DOCU General DOCU Details state 1 type xml gt DOC lt CDATA lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 2 IDOCTYPE General lt ELEMENT General PCDATA gt lt ELEMENT Content General Objects Contacts gt lt ELEMENT Workflow EMPTY gt lt ATTLIST Workflow Name CDATA MM DAY gt lt ELEMENT Jobs EMPTY gt Automation Engine 129 lt ATTLIST Jobs CDATA MM CLOSING gt lt ELEMENT Contacts EMPTY gt lt ATTLIST Contacts Persons Green Smith Smith gt lt ELEMENT Objects Jobs Workflow gt lt Content gt lt General gt www uc4 com lt General gt lt Objects gt Jobs Name MM CLOSING gt lt Workflow Name MM DAY gt lt Object
247. ned max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x 170 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SCRIPT Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed MSCRI Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process DOCU Documentation tab s in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of an Include object XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 13 Job 12 13 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Job object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt JOBS UNIX client 0003 name JOBS REORG system UCGLOBAL gt XHEADER state 2 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 10 34 49 lt Created gt l
248. neral state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt JOBS_UNIX gt lt uc export gt See also Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 13 2 Host Attributes This document provides examples for the XML elements of platform specific Job settings BS2000 BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt ATTR_BS2000 state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt LstDb gt 1 lt LstDb gt lt LstDbErr gt 0 lt LstDbErr gt lt LstFile gt O lt LstFile gt lt Priority gt 1 lt Priority gt lt Express gt O lt Express gt lt MaxCPU gt 0 lt MaxCPU gt lt JobClass gt OrderName RSSDSF lt OrderName gt lt EnterParameter gt SDF P lt EnterParameter gt lt ATTR_BS2000 gt 174 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects GCOS8 BS2000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS OS 400 PeopleSoft SAP Siebel SQL UNIX VMS Windows Example lt 58 state 2 gt OutputDb 1 OutputDb lt OutputDbErr gt 0 lt OutputDbErr gt lt OutputFile gt 0 lt OutputFile gt lt Urgency gt 1 lt Urgency gt lt Snumb gt 0 lt Snumb gt lt Ident gt 0 lt Ident gt JclJob ATTR GCOS8 JMX 852000 GCOS8 JMX MPE NSK Oracle Application z OS 0
249. nn gt 0 lt prefUserConn gt prefUserLogin O prefUserLogin lt command sql gt lt command ora gt lt command db2 gt lt command db2zos gt lt resultformat gt lt SQL_INTERN gt lt MULTI gt lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt resultformat gt lt union gt 1 lt union gt intersection O intersection minus 0 minus MULTI lt FILELIST gt lt directory gt lt HostDst gt preferUserHost O preferUserHost Login preferUserLogin 0 preferUserLogin FILELIST lt VARA gt DOCU General state L type text gt DOC lt CDATA Variable for database maintenance DOC DOCU General DOCU Details state 1 type xml gt DOC I CDATA lt xml versionz 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 1IDOCTYPE Description lt ELEMENT Description ZPCDATA gt lt ELEMENT Content Description Objects Release Notes gt lt ELEMENT Objects EMPTY gt lt ATTLIST Objects Job CDATA DB gt lt ELEMENT Release Notes EMPTY gt gt lt Content gt lt Description gt Infos http www uc4 com lt Description gt 278 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt Objects Job DB gt lt Modification Archive gt lt Content gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_Details gt lt VARA gt lt uc export gt See also Variable Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 25 2 Dynami
250. nr Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Retum code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 248 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and
251. ntent of the None Cockpit tab Properties of the None display elements Event Calendar tab None FileTransfer Use of wildcards None 32 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Job Host No effects when the Job is in the status Waiting for Host Workflow Content of the None Workflow tab Properties of Modifications only take effect when they were made via the tasks Workflow monitor RemoteTaskManager Filter None specifications Schedule Period and result None evaluation Content of the Modifications take effect when they were made in the Schedule tab monitor If they were made in the object it is queried if the and properties of modifications should be reloaded at the next period tasks turnaround See also Executing Objects 4 7 UCA Priority The UC4 priority influences the processing of tasks within a UC4 system It can be used for clients and tasks although with very different impacts The UC4 Variable UC CLIENT SETTINGS contains entries for both priority types in which the UC4 administrator can specify default values Client Key CLIENT PRIORITY Priority of the client priority Task Key TASK PRIORITY Default priority for all the objects of a client riority NE A TS 39 You can also specify a priority in the Attributes tab of an object The priority specified in here then only applies for the particular object and overrides the entry made TASK __ PRIORITY Client Priority UCA system consists of the system client 0000
252. number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process 216 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a Notification XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 16 PromptSet 12 16 1 Export File This document shows an example for a PromptSet object s XML export file Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 9 00 gt PRPT client 0001 name PRPT JOBS system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER st
253. oUp 2 e e e be e e SN 98 12 257 EX POM Filey ERIT 98 12 2 2 Export File Structure 4124 4 5 9 2 2 99 12 3 Agent Client Assignment 7 7 7 2222222 2 2 4 4 000 101 12 3 LEXO File rt onere eto cant rien aie tuse Rete i prt aig 101 12 3 2 Export File Structure 4 22 102 12 4 6 oe SOS Maso d fU daa serie 105 12 4 T Export File eR IHE EIU MEI 105 12 4 2 Calendar Keywords 222 2 2 2222 2 2 4 45 105 icu P 105 Automation Engine vii Monthly cet seo be tote ee ts Atha st i oe 106 Weekly a tes feme tes Mad tie Ra Said Mf 107 25 tiie te s oF hres hide sana qne Mte Oe 107 REL 107 12 4 3 Export File Structure 2 722 2 108 12 5 COCKDIE abite nos iege tits MOULE f 111 12 5 1 Export File 2 i e eceooeLoiiuiio ees equi 111 12 5 2 Export Eile Structure ases
254. oding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 9 00 gt lt PRPT client 0001 name PRPT JOBS system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt title lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2008 08 22 10 36 45 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2008 12 11 16 15 50 3 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt PRPT lt ArchiveKey1 gt ArchiveKey2 Jobs ArchiveKey2 lt HEADER gt lt CONN_ATTR_R3 state 1 gt Automation Engine 121 lt RFC gt 0 lt RFC gt lt HTTP gt 1 lt HTTP gt lt citpanel type 3 gt lt CONN_ATTR_R3 gt CONN R3 HTTP state 1 gt citpanel con 1 type 1 gt lt component con 1 enc 1 type 1 value lt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value http server01 50000 scheduler runtime gate web JXBPWebservice xmIName httpUrl gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value uc4 xmIName httpUserid gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value xmlName Login gt lt citpanel gt CONN R3 HTTP lt R3 state 1 gt RFCPANEL type 2 gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmlName biChains parallel gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 3 xmIName biIpak_change gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 valuez xmlName biIsrequest getstatus component conz 1 enc 0 typez 2 value 0 xnlName biMaxruntime gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 va
255. of the platform Maximal number of tasks running parallel Value ranging between 1 and 999 Attribute GR MAX PAR JOBS Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK further settings StartJobs Start Jobs Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute AUTOSTART JOBS only in RemoteTaskManagers for SAP Output Transfer job reports to DB Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute OO AutoTerm Terminate Queue automatically Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute AUTO CLOSE Filtering ReplChildrenO Flat ReplChildren1 not used ReplChildren2 Hierarchical Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected ActAtRun Consumption UC4Priority TZ RMaxOK RExecute JOBQ QmFilters filter operator RUNTIME Automation Engine 233 Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME Consumption Resources User defined Value between 0 and 99999 Attribute RESOURCE CONSUMPTION UCA priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Result evaluation of the individual tasks in Workflow RemoteTaskManager and Schedule objects Rwhen OK status Type of the status R
256. on Engine 111 DOCU_ Documentation tab Title 5 in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a Calendar Structure of the XML files or imports and exports 12 5 Cockpit 12 5 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Cockpit object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt lt CPIT client 0003 name HOST_WINO1 system UCGLOBAL gt lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2004 06 24 10 05 11 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 22 11 31 33 1 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt lt ArchiveKey2 gt ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAll gt O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus O FcstStatus Ert 3330 Ert lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt 112 Chapter 12 XML Files of Ob
257. on or action for example STATUS once The block is only executed once Allowed values 1 once or 0 always type Condition C or action A uiinfo Internal parameter Structure of a condition and action definition when else only for conditions Contains the definitions of conditions and actions that are executed if the condition is met or not met The same attributes are available as for condition and action params Parameters of a condition or action Attributes per parameter definition param altview Internal parameter name Internal parameter name which indicates the order type V for parameter value Parameter value Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Return code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix ErtDynMethod ErtCnt ErtCorr Ertlgn ErtlgnFlg ErtMinCnt MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate Automation Engine 299 End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected On
258. onent con 1 enc 0 type 1 value 8080 xmIName db port gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value uc4server xmnlName db server gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value MSSQL xmIName db type gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value xmIName DbPassword gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value uc4 xmnlName DbUserid gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value xmIName Login gt lt citpanel gt lt connection settings gt lt tab conn string gt lt tab conn properties gt lt connection settings gt lt conn check gt lt conn check image gt empty16 lt conn check image gt lt conn check info gt lt conn check gt lt CONN_SQL gt Automation Engine 123 SAP Internet lt CONN_ATTR_R3 state 1 gt lt gt 0 lt gt lt HTTP gt 1 lt HTTP gt lt citpanel type 3 gt lt CONN_ATTR_R3 gt lt CONN_R3_HTTP state 1 gt lt citpanel con 1 type 1 gt lt component con 1 enc 1 type 1 value lt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value http server01 50000 scheduler runtime gate web JXBPWebservice xmIName httpUrl gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value uc4 xmlName httpUserid gt component con 1 enc 0 type 1 value xmIName Login gt lt citpanel gt lt CONN_R3_HTTP gt xmlName httpPassword gt Remote Function Call lt CONN_ATTR_R3 state 1 gt lt RFC gt 1 lt RFC g
259. only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 182 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Syncs ATTR_JOBS StartType HostDst HostATTR_Type CodeName Login IntAccount AutoDeactNo AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactErrorFree AutoDeactAlways Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters _ immediate start Attribute START_TYPE Settings for the target host HostDst Name of the Agent Attribute HOST HostATTR_Type Description of the platform CodeName Name of the CodeTable object Attribute CODE Login Name of the Login object Attribute LOGIN LOGIN_INFO Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK Deactivate automatically when finished AutoDeactNo No AutoDeact1ErrorFree After error free end of program AutoDeactErrorFree After an error free restart AutoDea
260. ons node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter Source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process 168 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a group XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 12 Include 12 12 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of an Include object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc
261. ons can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 MrtMethodNone MrtMethodFix MrtMethodErt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt MrtDays MrtTime MrtTZ SrtMethodNone SrtMethodFix SrtMethodErt SrtFix SrtErt MrtCancel Automation Engine 235 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Settings for MRT monitoring These values are par
262. onsible for processing the message queue and will only end afterwards e It can take some time before the primary work process ends as it is responsible for these processes Server processes can also be ended abnormally Then they end immediately without the procedure described above Only use this way of ending Server processes if these could not be ended differently See also Server Processes Number of Server Processes 8 10 Net Areas in UC4 Communication processes CPs are used to connect certain components such as agents and Userlnterfaces with the work processes WPs and to handle their communication The CP selection for the individual components takes place automatically and is workload dependent In a UC4 system that uses several CPs you can distribute the CPs over several areas and in doing so you can manipulate the CP selection Ideally each area represents a certain network Default CP Selection By default the CP selection takes place as follows 1 An Agent starts and first contacts the CP that is specified in its INI file parameter cp Should the Agent not be able to reach this CP it will try to reach one of the CPs listed in the INI file in the section CP LIST 2 The CP returns a list of all the UC4 system s CPs to the Agent The Agent contacts all CPs that are listed and each CP responds in the same way 4 Finally the Agent connects to the CP with the smallest number of connections and closes d
263. orFree gt 1 lt AutoDeactErrorFree gt lt DeactWhen gt lt AutoDeactAlways gt 0O lt AutoDeactAlways gt lt DeactDelay gt 0 lt DeactDelay gt ActAtRun O ActAtRun lt UC4Priority gt O0 lt UC4Priority gt lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt ReuseHG gt 1 lt ReuseHG gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElsei gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt RWhen gt lt RExecute gt lt ATTR_JOBP gt lt JOBP state 2 gt lt JobpStruct mode design gt lt task Col 1 Idnr 0 Lnr 1 OType lt START gt Object START Row 1 State 1 Text2 Text3 lt START gt Text4 Text5 Text6 gt task Col 2 Idnr 1243011 Lnr 2 OType JOBS Object JOBS ARCHIVE Rowz 1 State Text12 Text2 A R Text3 WINO1 Text4 Text5 00 20 00 Text6 gt lt checkpoint TcpADays 0 TcpATime 00 00 TcpATimeTZ TcpExecute TcpOn 0 gt after ActFig 1 AtimOn 1 ErlstStDays 0 ErlstStTime 20 00 ErlstStTimeTZ HoldFlg 0 gt lt when ChkWhenExec 0 LtstEnd 0 LtstEndDays 0 LtstEndTime 00 00 LtstSt 0 LtstStDays 0 LtstStTime 00 00 LtstTimeTZ WCTypeAND 1 WCTypeOR 0 WElseA 0 WElseH 1 WElseS 0 WElseX 0 WhenExecute WtimOn 0 gt lt predecessors CaleOn 1 gt pre PreLnr 1 When gt lt preconditions gt lt PreCon gt conditions id CONDITIONS gt lt PreCon gt lt preconditions gt lt predecessors
264. ore file per NNNNNNN is the FileTransfer FileTransfer s RunID that has been converted to a 7 letter string You can use the script element ALPHA2RUNNR in order to convert it to the regular 10 digit RunlD BS2000 Agent s Temp directory FTNNNNNNN sts StatusStore file per FileTransfer Unix VMS Agent s Temp directory FTNNNNNNN sts StatusStore file per FileTransfer OS 400 Depending on the INI IFS FTNNNNNNN sts StatusStore file per parameter store_type QSYS Object of the name FileTransfer FTNNNNNNN and the type USRSPC NSK Sub volume in the Agent s INI file 4 Status Store files that configuration file see include all restart the NSK agent Section FT STATUS STORE nfomation installation z OS StatusStore dataset A StatusStore dataset that includes all restart See Installing the 2 05 Agent See also FileTransfer FileTransfer Execution Multi Server Operation Establishing a Connection Automation Engine 51 8 Multi Server Operation 8 1 Multi Server Operation The UC4 Automation Platform is based upon multi server operation The ability to have several UC4 Automation Engines in parallel operation offers more reliability and allows the setup of fully scalable UC4 systems able to grow along with performance requirements The UC4 Automation Platform also supports the constant efficiency advancements of today s hardware systems increasingly being equipped with more processors The technical foundation of UC4
265. ore than 1 minute Event intervals are shortened Example An interval of 10 minutes has been specified for an Event start at 10 00 a m If the clock is now set forward from 10 15 a m to 10 20 a m the interval is reduced to 5 minutes This was a small extract of possible consequences UC4 strongly recommends deactivating your UC4 Automation Engines prior to adjusting the clock time d If the Server processes are distributed among several computers it is important that all computers have the same time in order to avoid discrepancies Server processes measure the time offset and counterbalance it but only in 10 minute intervals The more exact the synchronization the fewer the problems that occur during processing See also Changing From Normal Time To Daylight Savings Time Automation Engine 15 3 Userlnterface 3 1 Updating Userlnterface Windows The states in your UC4 system change all the time They start are active wait for a group or fulfill specific pre conditions Current states can seen in the Activity Window in monitors and other views These windows are constantly refreshed several settings are available in which intervals can be specified In the Server Setting in the Variable CLIENT SETTINGS the key KICK INTERVAL for Server message intervals In the Setting for manual and automatic activity refreshing Userlnterface F5 key Immediately refreshes the currently selected window regardle
266. oring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed dyntree SCRIPT MSCRI Automation Engine 167 List of object variables and PromptSet assignments Definition node of the Values area and of each PromptSet assignment with the following attributes content Content available Allowed values no 1 yes id VALUE for the Values area or PromptSet object name Name Values or PromptSet object name parent PRPTS for PromptSets type Identification of PromptSet or value VALUE Structure of the Values area node id VALUE VALUE The attributes state is used system internally and must not be changed Values Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definiti
267. own all connections to the other CPs e Please note that Automic recommends running CPs and WPs in the same secure network zone Should the CPs be located in different network zones separated by a firewall please observe and configure the necessary firewall exceptions To enable CP selection Agents will be presented with a complete CP list as soon as they connect to the Automation Engine Should some of the CPs be placed behind a firewall from the Agent s point of view the connections of the Agents to the CPs have to be configured in the firewall itself Extended CP Selection Net Areas The CP selection may be restricted to certain CPs by grouping them into network areas Use the parameter NetArea TCP IP section for this purpose which is located in the Automation Engine s INI file The values for net area parameters may be user defined but they have to be alphanumerical and should start with a letter Note that only CPs can be grouped in net areas The WPs of a UC4 system must use the same net area Any attempt to start a WP whose NetArea definition differs from the definition of the active WPs will have the effect that this WP will end itself immediately If the parameter NetArea is not defined the name of the UC4 system will be used instead Automation Engine 65 You may use any number of net areas To ensure stability Automic recommends using at least two CPs per net area The extended CP selection takes place
268. peS gt 0 lt RepeatTypeS gt lt RepeatTypeF O RepeatTypeF lt EventTypeTT gt 1 lt EventTypeTI gt EventTypeTS O EventTypeTS lt TimePeriodTT gt 0010 lt TimePeriodTT gt lt TimePeriodTS gt 00 00 lt TimePeriodTS gt lt TExecTypeT gt 1 lt TExecTypeT gt lt 5 gt 0 lt 5 gt lt TExecTypeN gt lt TExecTypeE gt 0 lt TExecTypeE gt lt EVNT gt 131 An additional tab is available in Console and File System Events It is located between the Event and the Runtime tab lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt 132 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0O lt MrtMethodDate gt MrtDays 0 MrtDays lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNon
269. plex than usual For this reason they are assigned to a Server role in order to avoid negative impacts to the UC4 system s performance Each Server role has its own queue in which the corresponding tasks are stored Automation Engine 55 for outputs e Stores log messages of Server processes and Agents to the UC4 Database e Stores activation reports of ERP and Java Agents of the UC4 version 6 00A R for resource calculations e Checks Sync objects e Calculates Calendar objects e Maximum number of simultaneous object executions e Events of type Console e Automatic FileSystem events e Deadlock avoidance Each Server role is only assigned once At UC4 Automation Engine start the primary work process obtains both Server roles As soon as a second work process starts the primary work process assigns the first Server roles to it The work process which starts third obtains the second Server role If a work process ends the primary work process takes this Server role again and assigns it to a work process which does not yet have a Server role If there is no such work process the primary work process keeps the Server role Q In the sector Automation Engine the System Overview shows whether a work process has a Server role and which one this is A work process always processes the tasks of its Server role first If there are no tasks for this role it processes tasks of the general work process queue Starting a work process in cold
270. ponsible WP contacts the CP that is located in the same net area as the Agent CP or WP that should be started 3 If the WP does not find a CP it will search for a CP in its net area If it still cannot find a CP the WP contacts any CP of the UC4 system 5 The selected CP contacts the related ServiceManager which starts the Agent or WP gt 70 Chapter 9 Runtime 9 Runtime 9 1 Runtime Evaluation 9 1 1 Runtime Evaluation A large amount of runtime data is required for the various planning and monitoring functions This runtime data is collected from real runtime information Based on this information the estimated runtime can be calculated Real Runtime RRT The real runtime RRT is the time that passes from the beginning of a task to the end of a task For all executable objects the last 25 real runtimes are saved with the object data These are used as the calculation basis for evaluating the estimated runtime Estimated Runtime ERT The estimated runtime ERT is the calculation basis for dynamic runtime supervision for making forecasts and for the most recent ending of a task It is calculated after each execution of a task The type of calculation is based on the defined dynamic method for this object It can be set in the Runtime tab If the method changes the estimated runtime for the task is also re evaluated 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15
271. r definition pre PreLnr Run number of the predecessor When Status description The attribute CaleOn is used system internally and must not be changed 296 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects runtime Runtime tab in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtOn Use MRT SRT settings of the task Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options listed above can be selected MrtFix Time in seconds for the fixed value Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 MrtErt Percentage for Ert Value ranging between 0 and 999 MrtD ys Current date n days Value ranging between 0 and 99 MrtTime Current date time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone for the current date Name of a TimeZone object Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT in Workflow and Schedule objects SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodErt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected SrtFix Time in seconds for the fixed value Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 SrtErt Percentage for Ert Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action in Workflow and Schedule objects MrtCancel Cance
272. r of tasks which can run parallel 35 SCM ee ee ete ce ener cot eer eee tai Ecce mart nu gh 35 4 9 Superordinate Tasks Parent 2 4202 2 7 2 2 35 4 10 Object and PromptSet Variables 222222 2 36 4 11 Variables amp Prompts Tab entry 37 A AZ Actual Values i eue icta LE i 37 Examples ion ect d ene mes Ian ett ote dno td cleus shale nado Gd opel ot be E 39 4 13 Dialog Mode once trap eek oe ceded be np rr PP 43 5 Agent re 44 S A UC IMS rere eh Soe Moreti ern Sos c 44 Standard login procedure 242727 2 2 2 2 42 2 2 2 44 Double loginiattemptie oed Ld e v e m 44 6Job x NOUO RII UD ce noo ons Soden et 45 6 1 Stages of Job Processing 2 2 45 Finding Jobs after Agent Downtime 222222222222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 45 ZFileTransfer uou 46 7 1 FileTransfer Procedure roaa ereer a a a Ees e sss sene rre len Illis 46 Old FileTransfer Protocol up to 8 00 46 47 New FileTran
273. red between two computers Each computer has 3 work processes The node name in the INI files of the two UC4 Automation Engines is set to UC4GLOBAL so that both computers have the same settings Add the following entry to the UC4 Variable UC SYSTEM SETTINGS in order to ensure that there are at least two work processes WP MIN NUMBER UCAGLOBAL 2 One of the three work processes is converted to a Dialog process if all of them are active 58 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation If different minimum numbers of work processes are used for the two computers the content of the UC4 Variable must be adapted as shown below WP MIN NUMBER 4 1 2 0 4 2 1 Note that you must also specify the terms 4 1 4 2 in the UC4 Automation Engines INI files Script The script statement SET UC SETTING can be used to convert a work process to a Dialog process Vice versa See also Server processes 8 5 UC4 Nonstop Server You can use nonstop processes NWP in order to increase your system reliability A specific license is required for this purpose In nonstop operation only the WPs of one computer are active The processes of a different computer nonstop processes are available upon request If the primary computer that includes the active WPs fails the nonstop processes take over their role As opposed to a usual parallel operation the system configuration UC4 Nonstop Server does not use the WPs of all computers The
274. result ChkRExec 1 RElseHalt 1 RElseIgn 0 RElseJPAbend 0 RExecFlag 0 RExecute DAYSHIFT RRepMTimes 0 RRepOn 0 RRepWait 0 RWhen ENDED_ OK gt lt dynvalues gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type TASKVALUE gt lt VALUE state 2 gt lt Values gt row Mod 1 Name amp HOST Value WINO2 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 1 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt s lt node gt lt node content 1 id PVALUE name Parent Values parent type TASKVALUE gt lt node content 0 id PRPTS name Prompt Sets parent type PROMPTSET gt lt node content 0 id PPRPTS name Parent Prompt Sets type PPROMPTSET gt node content 1 id PRPT JOBSO1 name PRPT JOBSO1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt node content 1 id PRPT JOBSO1 name PRPT JOBSO1 parent PPRPTS type PPROMPTSET gt lt dyntree gt lt dynvalues gt lt calendars CCTypeAll 0 CCTypeNone 0 CCTypeOne 1 CaleOn 1 gt cale CalekKeyName WT CaleName ON_CALL id 1 gt lt calendars gt lt task gt JschStruct JSCH RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt FcstStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt E
275. riable objects etc The lines of a data sequence can be accessed by using a PROCESS loop or the script element GET PROCESS LINE The script elements PREP_PROCESS generate data sequences dialog process A part of the UC4 Automation Engine and a special form of work process Is exclusively responsible for Userlnterface messages Documentation This refers to the UC4 Guides It is also a particular UC4 object type that can be used to store information dynamic variables A Variable object with the attributes Source SQL SQL internal Multi or Filelist Values are directly retrieved from the data source and not stored in the object E mail connection This is a functionality of Windows and UNIX Agents that is used to send e mails Enterprise Control Center ECC A separate UC4 product Web application that allows access to the functions of various UC4 applications and products in a quick and easy way Available for download from the UC4 Download Center Event Action that is triggered if particular conditions apply A particular UC4 object type Event ID First RunlD of FileSystem and Console Events Both Event types require communication between Automation Engine and Agent They communicate via the first RunID Otherwise Event identification is no longer possible after the first log change Explorer Userlnterface window in which objects can be created edited and administered external dependency A task whose end st
276. ribute FILTER NAME Type Type of the entry allowed values Agent or F filter Version Filter for the Agent version HW Filter for the hardware SW Filter for the software SWVers Filter for the software version Archive Filter for the archive keyword 1 attribute FILTER_ARCHIVE_KEY1 Archive2 Filter for the archive keyword 2 attribute FILTER ARCHIVE KEY1 Role Filter for a role attribute FILTER_HOSTROLE The attribute Icon is used system internally and must not be changed The number of row definitions of the table is not limited DOCU Title Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export File of an AgentGroup XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 3 Agent Client Assignment 12 3 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of an Agent Client Assignment object Example 102 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 15 gt uc export clientvers 8 00 gt HSTA client 0000 name z HSTA FILTER system UC4 gt HEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt title lt Title gt lt Creat
277. ribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS MpElse1 MpElse2 TZ JOBF HostSrc CodeNameSrc LoginSrc FileNameSrc FileAttrSrc KeepSrcAttr Compress Automation Engine 153 Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElIse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE FileTransfer tab in FileTransfer objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Settings for the source host HostSrc Name of the Agent Attribute FT SRC HOST CodeNamesSrc Name of the CodeTable object Attribute FT SRC CODE LoginSrc Name of the Login object Attributes FT LOGIN FT USERID FT SRC LOGIN INFO FT SRC GROUPNAME FT SRC DOMAIN FT SRC CLIENT FT SRC ACCOUNT FileNameSrc Path and name of the file s maximal 512 characters Attribute FT SRC FILE FileAttrScr File attributes maximal 255 characters Attribute FT SRC FILE ATTRIBUTES Keep the original file attributes Allowed values x No 1 Allowed values 0 No compression 1 Normal compression With lt Compress gt the default value is applied Attribute FT COMPRESS 154 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects HostDst CodeNameDst LoginDst FileNameDst FileAttrDst WildCard MaxParallel RepeatType Erase TextTypeText TextTypeBin
278. rison date for checking Calendar conditions Message Window Userlnterface window that displays warnings information and error messages Monitor Graphical view of a task s execution nonstop process Part of the UC4 Automation Engine Assumes processing if the computer with the active Server processes fails Notification Sends messages to individual Users and UserGroups of the UC4 system A particular UC4 object type object UC4 controlled activities and processes are structured in the form of objects see also Task object class There are four classes of objects executable active passive and system objects object type An individual object is provided for the individual activities User UserGroup Notification Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Event Agent FileTransfer Group Include Job Workflow Calendar Login Client RemoteTaskManager Schedule Script Server Sync Variable and TimeZone object variables Placeholder for values that are stored in an object s Values tab parent There are different ways of activating objects The originator of an activation is referred to as the superordinate task parent See also Child Children partially qualified FileTransfer FileTransfers that use wildcard characters in order to transfer several files Period Container Controls the execution of periodical tasks perspective Separate functional area of the Enterprise Control Center s ECC web interface
279. rks use Agents Network 1 contains server processes communications processes CP001 CP002 and 003 and the database In Network 2 the CPs CP004 and CP005 are being used These communication processes serve to connect the Agents of Network 2 with the server processes CPs WPs in Network 1 The two network areas are separated by a firewall that is configured statically and should only accept known connections 66 Chapter 8 Multi Server Operation Firewall Network 2 Network 1 JY 9 y J Agent OuterNet EJ InnerNet WP003 Illustration 1 NetArea Definition Automation Engine 67 Firewall Network 2 Network 1 D 3 004 Agent x qe T IPS WP001 4 7 PIDE SS co LZ om Agent ne 005 N OuterNet b Connection incoming 4 amp WP Connection outgoing CP Connection incoming outgoing in case CPs have to communicate with each other 5 2 Static connection to be configured in the firewall Illustration 2 Connections between components and the connection directions Illustration 1 shows the NetArea InnerNet and its assignment to the CPs CP001 CP002 and CP003 whereas NetArea OuterNet is assigned to CP004 and CP005 Illustration 2 shows the connections between components and their directions indicated by arrows The Agents of Network 1 connect ex
280. rliest start has been reached or exceeded Latest Start e According to the entry made in the Earliest tab task properties in Workflow the specified real date and the forecas s start time e Ifthe task s specified start time for the latest start has already been exceeded at the determined latest starting time the task is not processed ENDED TIMEOUT Latest End e According to entry made in the Earliest tab task properties in Workflow the specified logical date and the forecast s starting time e Thetask is not processed if its estimated runtime ERT would exceed the point in time specified as the latest end ENDED TIMEOUT f the scheduled tasks are taken into account when calculating the Group only tasks that can be processed within the remaining runtime difference between start time and latest end are included in the calculation Maximum Runtime MRT According to the entry made the task s Runtime tab or in the Runtime tab task properties in Workflow A message is displayed if the specified maximum runtime of the estimated runtime is exceeded Depending on the specification made the task is then canceled or ended Tasks that should be processed when maximum runtime is exceeded are not taken into account Minimum Runtime SRT Automation Engine 85 e According to the entry made in the task s Runtime tab or in the Runtime tab task properties in Workflow A message is displayed if the specifie
281. rocess Post Script only for Jobs and QueueManager Minimum runtime reached End status Automation Engine 31 Job report Job reports be stored in the UC4 Database or the file system Settings are specified in the Host Attributes tab MA Post The Post Process tab can be used to read the report and to react to a task s result Job and Process RemoteTaskManager have a Post Process tab p Minimum An alert object can be activated if the processing time did not meet the expected value The runtime relevant options are provided in the Runtime tab See also Executing Objects Stage 1 Activation Stage 2 Generation Stage 3 Processing 4 6 Task Modifications and Effects Whenever an object is manually modified and stored the system checks whether this object is currently being executed If so a warming is displayed ATTENTION Modifications in object JOBP01_TEST can affect running processes Save anyway In most cases object modification actually influences ongoing executions Nevertheless this only applies to tasks that are not yet active but in the status registered or waiting for precondition The listing below shows all modifications that show only little or no effects at all All executable Start type Group None objects J Note The script function supplies the name of the new group Notification Responsible None recipient Calendar and Calendar keyword Cockpit Co
282. rst Communication Process CP002 Second Communication Process WP001 First Work Process WP002 Second Work Process DWP Dialog Process MQCP001 Queue for First Communication Process 02 Queue for Second Communication Process MQPWP Queue for primary Work Process MQWP Queue for Work Processes MQDWP Queue for Dialog Processes MQOWP Queue for Outputs MQRWP Queue for Resources Queue for Server Management Processes MQMEM Queue for Activation Sequences MQLS Queue for Local Operations The chart shows the fundamental structure of a UC4 System with two work processes WP1 WP2 one being available for Userlnterfaces DWP two communication processes CP1 CP2 two Agents Agent1 Agent2 and a Userlnterface Userlnterface1 The work processes access a shared work queue MQWP Each communication process has its own queue MQCP001 MQCP002 Special processing steps for loggings and resource administration are managed via the queues MQOWP and MQRWP The MQSRV queue is used for UC4 System process management is the cache for running activations MQLS is local memory for various management tasks of the server processes The connections of the processes with each other is represented by black lines The green lines symbolize access to the process queues The blue client connection lines exclusively denote a communication process The red lines show the connections of the processes to th
283. rt Attribute CO_TYPE Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Escalation after n minutes Time in minutes Value ranging between 0 and 9999 Attribute CO RISING TIME Notification in escalation Name of a Notification object Attribute CO RISING NAME Quit automatically Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected SNMP connection Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute CO SNMP Send email Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute CO EMAIL Notification tab in all Notification objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Message subject User defined max 255 characters Message text User defined maximal 1024 characters Attribute TEXT 212 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects AttachReports AttachFile i af operators Attach reports to email RunlD of an object or name of an object variable which contains a RunlD max 32 characters Attach file to email Path and file name of the file to be sent max 255 characters Recipients tab Attributes per operiter Ketini amp lamdrayjects caleKeyName CatgrdankeyworsKaaleNanea 4yakendangheiegt a ef aei r User group Cond RUNTIME MaxRetCode FcstStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtM
284. rt 0 MrtMethodErt MrtErt 0 MrtErt MrtMethodDate 0 MrtMethodDate lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt MrtTZ Automation Engine 149 SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0 lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0 SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name amp HOST Value unix0O1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt lt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt lt datel altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1l gt timestamp1 a
285. rt MrtMethodDate MrtFix MrtErt Automation Engine 115 Runtime calculation method ErtMethodDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ErtMethodFix Fixed value ErtMethodDyn Dynamic method Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for ERT calculation This value is part of the fixed value calculation method ErtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Settings for ERT calculation These values are part of the dynamic calculation method ErtDynMethod Method Allowed values 2 average 4 maximal value 8 linear regression ErtCnt Runs Value between 0 and 99 ErtCorr Percentage of runs Value between 0 and 999 Ertlgn Deviation in percent Value between 0 and 999 ErtlgnFlg Consider deviation Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected ErtMinCnt Minimum runs Value between 0 and 99 Monitoring the maximum runtime MRT MrtMethodNone None MrtMethodFix Fixed value MrtMethodErt Ert MrtMethodDate Current date Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Only one of the four options can be selected Fixed value for MRT monitoring This value is part of the fixed value monitoring method MrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for MRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method Ert MrtMethodErt Value rang
286. rtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt lt ErtIgnFlg gt 0 lt ErtIgnFlg gt lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt Automation Engine 239 MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt MrtFix20 MrtFix lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0O lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0O lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0O SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name amp HOST Value unix0O1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt lt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslis
287. ry name separator gt lt entry gt entry name haslist gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name quotes gt r lt entry gt lt entry name id gt checkgroup1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt entry name required gt 0 lt entry gt entry name upper gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt lt properties gt lt dyncheckgroup gt dyncheckgroup alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id checklist2 mode list nl 1 required 0 separator text Checklist tooltip upper 0 gt lt properties gt entry listparam C name reference gt UC_UTILITY_ARCHIVE lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Checklist lt entry gt lt entry name multiselect gt 1 lt entry gt entry name separator gt lt entry gt entry name haslist gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name quotes gt r lt entry gt Automation Engine 219 lt entry name id gt checklist2 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt entry name required gt 0 lt entry gt entry name upper gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt lt properties gt lt dyncheckgroup gt time alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id time1 max min
288. s Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 Use default UC_CLIENT_S Fixed value 0000 00 20 Dyn method aani Forecast The completed execution is assessed too high because it always starts from the maximum permissible runtime worst case Therefore the forecast cannot give realistic values Minimum Runtime Supervision Always results in ELSE action because the real runtime is always below the specified ERT Maximum Runtime Supervision Never results in ELSE action because the specified ERT is never reached Setting the Latest End If the frame for the complete execution is too limited the task will be executed only occasionally or in extreme cases never even though the time would have been adequate for a real run Automation Engine 75 Fixed Value Set Too Low 2001 Job MM END PROCESSING save Biz Ely Header 27 Attributes 44 windows 2 Runtime variables amp Prompts Process Documentation Definition for ENDED_OK Return code lt Else execute stMonitor LastReport Statistics Print 20 Variables Execute End status for Forecast 00 01 00 00 00 55 00 00 50 00 00 45 00 00 40 00 00 35 00 00 30 00 00 25 00 00 20 00 00 15 00 00 10 00 00 05 00 00 00 Estimated runtime ERT Current ERT 0 00 01 2 O Use default UC CLIENT SI
289. s Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Attributes tab Only in SAP connections type R3 The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 126 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects RFC HTTP CONN_R3_HTTP citpanel CONN R3 RFC Type of SAP connection RFC Remote Function Call HTTP Internet Allowed values 1 selected or O not selected You can only select one of the two options Internet tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Values and settings of the tab Each component XML element is a setting with the attribute xmlName storing the name and value the value The name must be unique e g httpPassword Login data password Allowed values for xmlName e httpUrl Connection parameters URL e httpPassword Login data password httpUserid Login data user e Login Login data alternative login The attributes con enc and type are used system internally and must not be changed Remote Function Call tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Automation Engine 127 RFCPANEL Values and settings of the tab Each component XML element is a setting with the attribute xmlName storing the name and value the value The name must be unique e g httpPassword Login data password Allowed values for xmlName biChains parallel Interfaces BW SCH Allows a parallel execution of th
290. s Event Types 12 10 FileTransfer 12 10 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a FileTransfer object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt JOBF client 0003 name JOBFO1 system UCGLOBAL gt lt XHEADER state 1 gt lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 16 10 39 51 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 16 10 56 40 2 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAIlI O ExtRepAIl gt ExtRepNone O ExtRepNone lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JOBF state 2 gt lt StartType gt lt IntAccount gt lt AutoDeactNo gt 0 lt AutoDeactNo gt lt AutoDeactiErrorFree gt 1 lt AutoDeactiErrorFree gt lt AutoDeactErrorFree gt 0 lt AutoDeactErrorFree gt lt DeactWhen gt lt AutoDeactAlways gt 0 lt AutoDeactAlways gt lt DeactDelay gt 0 lt DeactDelay gt lt AttDialog gt 0 lt AttDialog gt ActAtRun O ActAtRun Consumption 0 lt gt lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt 148 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElse1i gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt ATTR_JOBF gt lt JOBF state 2 gt lt HostSrc gt CCN lt HostSrc gt
291. s Table with object variables Attributes per Variable definition row Name Name of the object variable Value Value Mode Inherit from parent Allowed values O all values 1 only defined values or 2 no values Structure of PromptSet assignment definitions node id PRPTS PROMPTSET definition with the following attributes client UC4 client idnr Internal number name Name of the PromptSet object ontop Internal parameter src Internal parameter source system Name of the UC4 system with the PromptSet element definitions and their values integer1 Number combobox9 Combination field textfield2 Text field radiogroup1 Option field checklist1 Check list checkgroup1 Check box date1 Date timestamp1 Timestamp time2 Time Pre Process only in Jobs and Events Process tab in Events The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process 188 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects SCRIPT MSCRI POST_SCRIPT OSCRI DOCU_Title DOC Host attributes BS2000 Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Post Process tab only in Jobs The attribute state is used system internally and
292. s e g start time duration of tasks or work steps in the processing of tasks The worldwide unique UTC is always the basis Ay Adjusting the time implies severe interference with the processing that takes place in your UC4 system even if only a few minutes are concerned Always tum the UC4 Automation Engine off when you adjust the time d Changing from daylight savings time to normal time or vice versa is based on UTC As opposed to manual time adjustments it has no negative effects Negative effects The following problems can occur if the time is adjusted while your UC4 system is active Setting the time back e Time measurements supply wrong or negative results These are used in several overviews in the Userlnterface and affect subsequent processing e Actions in the UC4 Automation Engine are also affected which is immediately recognizable in the Userlnterface Opening a window takes 2 minutes if the time is set back by 2 minutes e Event intervals are extended Example An interval of 10 minutes has been specified for an Event start at 10 00 a m If the clock is now set back from 10 17 a m to 10 12 a m the interval is extended to 15 minutes Setting the time forward e Actions seem to take longer than is actually the case This affects the runtime for example e Waiting conditions specified for a particular time are directly affected The script statement WAIT 60 is immediately completed if the time has been set forward by m
293. s gt lt Contacts Persons Smith gt 1 gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_Details gt lt DOCU gt lt uc export gt See also Documentation Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 8 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Documentation object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created DOCU Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system HEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title Title User defined max 255 characters 130 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Created Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Modified Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x LastUsed Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x DOCU Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab
294. s in pictures Periodic turnaround MA Start time Start of Period n days v Active Calendar v Maximum runtime p Minimum runtime MA REPEATED CHECKS DURING SCHEDULE EXECUTION In the Attributes of the Schedule the time span of a period and the specific time Attribute for the periodic turnaround can be set Within a period tasks are started once CHECKING BEFORE THE START OF A TASK Point in time at which the task should start Start time The start of a Schedule whose period has been defined for several days canbe Start postponed if the task is not to be started at the day the period starts time This is especially important when the Schedule s period has been defined so that the period turnaround is not 12 00pm If atask is part of a Schedule but should not be executed you can set it Start inactive It obtains the status ENDED INACTIVE in this case time It is also possible to have a task only executed on particular days These days Calendar can be specified in Calendar keywords If the defined Calendar condition does not apply the task ends with the status ENDED INACTIVE CHECKING DURING TASK EXECUTION A task s runtime can be monitored during the execution of the task thereby Runtime enabling reaction to exceeded maximum runtimes The task can be canceled or ended and or another task be executed CHECKING AT THE END OF A TASK At the end of task execution it can be checked if the sp
295. s of Objects lt component con 0 enc 1 type 2 value component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcRouter string gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmlName rfcSnc lib gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName rfcSnc_mode gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmIName rfcSnc_myname gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmlName rfcSnc partnername gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName rfcSnc_qop gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcSysnr gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcSystem name gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xnlName rfcUse load balancing gt component 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcUserid gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 1 xmlName sbbEnabled gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xalBackground_syslog gt lt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName xalMonitorSet gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName xalMTShortname gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value 0 xmIName xalVersion gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value 0 xmlName xbpAuditlevel gt component 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xbpSteps gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmIName xbpVer
296. script and remain stored in the object Statistics This is a list of a task s previous runs status This represents the condition of a task such as active blocked generating Sub Workflow A Workflow that is part of a different Workflow 312 Chapter Glossary e superordinate task There are various ways of activating objects The originator of the activation is referred to as the superordinate task parent Sync It synchronizes executable objects based on defined states and actions A particular UC4 object type e System Overview The Userlnterface window that contains information about the UC4 system T task An executable object that is running is also referred to as a task timeout Occurs when a particular period of time is over TimeZone It defines a local time A particular UC4 object type U UC4 Automation Engine It drives a 0 4 system and consists of different types of Server processes UC4 Automation Platform A separate UC4 product Includes the components that are required in order to operate a UC4 system such as the Automation Engine Userlnterface Agents Weblnterface Available for download from the UC4 Download Center ClearView A separate UC4 product Graphical analysis tool Displays the activities statistical and forecast data per UC4 system client in a bar diagram and can be used to calculate the critical path Available for download from the UC4 Download Center e
297. sed early Advantage of object generation directly before the processing stage The script accesses more recent data Automation Engine 19 Waiting for user input GENERATION Status Waiting for predecessor Task runs in a Workflow Script Processing Task runs in a Workflow Status Waiting for predecessor NO Task runs in a Group Status Ready to generate 20 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Waiting for manual release Status Waiting for manual release 5 the task released yet YES Status Is the Queue STOP Queue ur d YE processing has Waiting for SYNC been stopped NO Status Waiting for Queue slot Free Queue Slot available Order by Priority FIFO ask contains SYNC conditions Waiting for start of parallel task Check SYNC Order by Check maximum Priority FIFO parallelism Maximum parallelism exceeded Status Waiting for start of parallel task YES YES NO NO gt NO Script Processing Automation Engine 21 Status Waiting for predecessor YES Status Start time n led Waiting for start 9 Wait for Status YES Pre Condition Check Waiting for Interval Pre Conditions Pre Conditions defined 4 22 Chapter 4 Executing Objects Status Waiting for start time Waiting for start
298. see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 262 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone ATTR_ SYNC CurrState Value SYNC Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAI All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync attributes CurrState Current state maximal 30 characters Value Current value Value between 0 value 999999 Sync tab in Sync objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed State Rule DOCU_Title DOC See also Autom
299. ser defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x CodeTable tab in CodeTable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 120 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects CodeDef Content of the CodeTable The result lists the original columns of the code table in a line 2 characters are used per value data hex value of the characters attr properties of the characters 01 Only text characters 02 Only replacement characters 30 Text and replacement characters 00 Neither text nor replacement characters DOCU Documentation tab Title in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation DOC Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure See also Export file of a Table XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 7 Connection 12 7 1 Export File This document shows an example of a Connection object s XML export file Example lt xml version 1 0 enc
300. sfer Protocol as 9 00 47 8 Multi Server Operation 2 222 51 8 1 Multi Server Operation 2 7 7 2 22222 51 Structure of aUC4 System 4 42 22 52 8 2 Establishing a Connection 4 00 53 8 3 5 85 Loni le tl 54 8 3 1 WORK PIOCOSSOS sb ah 54 Automation Engine v 9 4 Dialog Processes uos eL Rib E RD RENI Di iS 56 System Overview 2 2 2 22 2 2 021 56 68 2 doe ne eet ore een tix bua hele id E nds 57 nee ccc tee ae heres a Enn Td ARE E a A LEE ELE MDE E EET 58 8 5 UCA Nonstop Server 2 2 2 4 2422022 2 2 22222 58 SCAPE uon ceni ecco cr Joh ous Rood ein ea d ec pe 59 8 6 Number of Server Processes 7 72 22 60 Of PIOCesS QUEUES os tete uei La vss ecd t a ede eue dE e at 60 8 7 1 Work Queues E ee eel 61
301. sion gt lt RFCPANEL gt lt PROMPTSETDATA gt lt DOCU_general state 1 type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_general gt lt PRPT gt lt uc export gt xmlName z rfcPassword gt xmlName z xalMonitor gt See also Connection Structure of Export File XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 7 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Connection object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created PRPT HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 CONN_ATTR_R3 Automation Engine 125 Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 character
302. sk starts endis set before the defined time Groups start always Task ERTs are checked in accordance with their chronological order If the calculated end time is set before the specified time the task starts After it has ended the system checks the next task s ERT If the calculated end time is set after the specified time this task is skipped The same procedure applies for all tasks of the group Time When the Execution of an executable object checkpoint Workflow is Workflow active 9 2 2 Monitoring the Maximum Runtime UC4 can monitor a task s maximum runtime MRT and react to it if it is exceeded The maximum runtime can be a fixed value be based on the estimated runtime including a deviation percentage or a predetermined time period that begins when the task starts The following reactions are possible if maximum runtime is exceeded e Cancel or end the monitored task see table below e Process an executable object At least one of the above reactions must be specified if you select one of the options that are available for monitoring the maximum runtime Maximum runtime MRT monitoring can be defined in the following ways Inthe task s Runtime tab e Inthe task s properties a Workflow Runtime tab e Inthe task s properties in a Schedule Runtime tab You can use the task s settings for runtime monitoring if the task runs in a Workflow or Schedule This is the default setting If you define a
303. ss of the settings menu command mentioned above Refresh and push button Ss The Userlnterface receives Server messages which include information about changed states For each client the UC4 administrator can specify the interval in which the Server sends these messages UC4 Variable UC CLIENT SETTINGS Only active Userlnterfaces receive messages but only when a status has changed In doing so good performance can be kept The Userlnterface refreshes all open windows based on the information received about changed states in the interval specified in its settings Keep in mind that manual refreshing e g via the F5 key immediately refreshes the selected window In this case the Userlnterface retrieves information about changed states from the Server 16 Chapter 4 Executing Objects 4 Executing Objects 4 1 Executing Objects Executable objects such as Jobs can be processed manually or subject to superordinate objects They run through four stages which together form the execution of an object Activation Generation Processing Completion In detail the individual executions depend on activation type object type and object content Q Executed objects are also referred to as tasks Hence the processing of objects is described whenever the UC4 Documentation refers to tasks The terms Parent and Child are commonly used with objects An object is referred to as a child if it is activated through a superordinate
304. start mode has the effect that all requests which are still available will be deleted Q The following irrelevant error messages are written to the log file when the first work process PWP starts in cold start mode and can be ignored 00029108 SQL ERROR Database Handles DB HENV 6d92d0 DB HDBC 6d93a0 00003591 DB error info Opc SQLExecDirect Return code ERROR 00003592 Status 42802 NativeError 4701 Msg Cannot find the object 006 because it does not exist or you do not have permissions J0003594 UCUDS SO DEO T Go cT MEE MESS ME Ke cS TN Caray at Table 006 710100605908 V V4 02 1 object MOCP006 because it does not exist or you do not have permissions Dialog Processes Dialog processes DWP are special forms of work processes They perform in the same way as regular work processes but are exclusively responsible for Userlnterface messages see also Dialog Process UC4 NonStopServer With the use of NonStop processes processing is taken on by the computer on which the NonStop Server processes have been defined if the computer with the active Server processes stops see also UC4 NonStopServer 8 3 2 Communication Processes The communication processes hold the connections to the Agents and the Userlnterfaces All communication between Agents and Userlnterfaces is exclus
305. statistics do not yet include a real date The real date of Workflows that have been activated using a Schedule is the task s start time in the Schedule The real date of tasks that start recurringly is the planned start time because these tasks will be activated and generated at this point in time The real date of tasks that are scheduled once at a certain time in the future depends on the option Generate at runtime e Generate at runtime is active The real date is the planned start time e Generate at runtime is not active The real date is the time when the task is scheduled because it is activated at this point in time The real date is used for calculating and checking the following time conditions that can be set in the properties of Workflow tasks General tab Time checkpoint If start xx day s ago Comparison date for the time checkpoint Earliest tab Earliest Current date xxday s Calculation of the earliest start time Dependencies tab At the latest Start Current date xxday s Calculation At the latest End Current date xxday s of the latest start time 12 Chapter 2 Date and Time Runtime tab Maximum runtime MRT Current date Comparison xxday s date for the maximum runtime See also Workflow Logical Date 2 6 Changing from Standard Time to Daylight Savings Time The UC4 components such as Server processes Agents Database internally use the internationally valid and precise UTC ti
306. t lt DOCU_General gt lt USER gt lt uc export gt See also User Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 23 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of an User object and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created USER HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed USER CboTimeZone FirstName LastName EMail1 EMail2 PwdNeverExpire PwdMustChange Automation Engine 269 Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x User tab in User objects The attributes client and state are used system internally and must not be changed TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters User s first and last name maximal 20 characters each Email addresses maxima
307. t lt entry name quotes gt r lt entry gt entry name id gt combobox 1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt 218 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt entry name required gt 1 lt entry gt entry name upper gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt lt properties gt lt combo gt dynradiogroup alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus id radiogroup1 nl 1 text Radio button tooltip upper 0 required 0 gt lt properties gt entry listparam C N name reference gt UC_OBJECT_TEMPLATE lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Radio button lt entry gt lt entry name quotes gt r lt entry gt lt entry name id gt radiogroup1 lt entry gt lt entry name enabled gt 0 lt entry gt entry name upper gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name focus gt 0 lt entry gt lt entry name tooltip gt lt entry name modifiable gt 1 lt entry gt lt entry name initvalue gt lt properties gt lt dynradiogroup gt dyncheckgroup alt 1 enabled 1 fill b focus 0 id checkgroup1 nl 1 required 0 separator text Checkbox tooltip upper 0 gt lt properties gt entry listparam C N name reference gt UC_SENDTO_ACT lt entry gt lt entry name text gt Checkbox lt entry gt lt entry name multiselect gt 1 lt entry gt ent
308. t lt gt 0 lt gt lt citpanel type 3 gt lt component type 3 value lt component type 3 value lt citpanel gt lt CONN_ATTR_R3 gt xmlName Login gt xmlName PreferUserLogin gt lt CONN_R3_RFC state 1 gt lt RFCPANEL type 2 gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 0 xmlName biChains parallel gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value 3 xmlName biIpak change gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName biIsrequest getstatus component conz 1 0 typez 2 value 0 xmIName biMaxruntime gt component con 1 0 typez 2 value xmIName binBlockSize gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmIName biRepeat_check gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmIName rfcClient gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 valuez xmIName rfcHostname gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLanguage gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLb group gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLb host gt component con 1 enc 0 type 2 value xmlName rfcLb router string gt component con 1 enc 0 typez 2 value xmlName rfcLb system name gt component conz 1 enc 0 typez 2 valuez xmIName rfcLogin gt component conz 1 enc 0 typez 2 valuez xmlName rfcMax concurrent gt 124 Chapter 12 XML File
309. t First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 AgentGroup tab in AgentGroup objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Platform This parameter specifies the platform of the Agents Every AgentGroup can only contain Agents of the same platform Allowed values BS2000 CIT GCOS8 JMX MPE MVS NSK OA OS400 PS SAP SIEBEL UNIX VMS or WINDOWS Solution Solution name in RA Agents platform CIT Mode ModeA Any ModeF First ModeN Next listed ModeL Load dependent ModeX All Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the five options can be selected Automation Engine 101 MaxParallel Maximum number of tasks running parallel Allowed values 0 to 9999 Default value 0 Enforced Force Complete Broadcast Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected This setting is only valid if the Mode ModeX All is selected Members Table for the Agents of the AgentGroup Attributes per Agent or filter definition row Name Name of the Agent or the filter att
310. t 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt date1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1l gt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt DOCU General state L type text gt 240 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt JSCH gt lt uc export gt See also Schedule Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 19 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a Schedule object and explains the individual elements uc export JSCH XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and
311. t MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0O lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt lt SrtMethodFix gt 0O lt SrtMethodFix gt lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0O SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name amp HOST Value unix0O1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt lt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 idnr 001240008 name PRPT1 ontop 1 src oh system UC4 gt lt PRPTBOX promptset PRPT1 prptmode 1 gt lt integer1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 6 lt integer1 gt lt textfield2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt text lt textfield2 gt lt radiogroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 9 lt radiogroup1 gt checklisti altview 0 haslist 0 gt 41 50 lt checklisti gt checkgroup1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt checkgroup1 gt lt combobox9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt date1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1l gt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 0
312. t PRE_SCRIPT gt lt SCRIPT state 1 gt lt MSCRI gt lt Automation Engine 133 SCRIPT gt lt DOCU_General state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt EVNT_TIME gt lt uc export gt See also Event Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 9 2 Event Types This document includes examples for the specific XML elements of the different available Event types File System Event Example lt EVNT_FILE state 1 gt lt HostDst gt WINO1 lt HostDst gt lt Path gt c ft temp lt Path gt FileType PU PATH SPACE UNUSED FileType Operator L amp lt Operator Value 10 Value Unit 4 GB Unit EVNT FILE Console Event BS2000 BS2000 z OS 0S 400 SAP Windows Example EVNT CONS state 1 gt lt HostDst gt BS2000 BS05 lt HostDst gt lt STD_Filter gt row STD_MsgFilter EXC044 gt lt STD_Filter gt lt EVNT_CONS gt 2 05 BS2000 z OS OS 400 SAP Windows Example 134 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt EVNT_CONS state 1 gt lt HostDst gt MVS MVS01 lt HostDst gt lt MVS_SysName gt CPAC lt MVS_SysName gt lt MVS_OSName gt MVS lt MVS_OSName gt MVS Filter row MVS Filter12 MVS_MsgFilter IEF1251 gt row MVS Filter12 MVS_MsgFilter IEF1261 gt MVS Filter EVNT CONS OS 400 BS2000 z OS 0S 400 SAP Windows Example EVNT CO
313. t Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 17 15 12 32 4 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt Database lt ArchiveKey1 gt ArchiveKey2 Reorganize ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAIlI O ExtRepAIl gt ExtRepNone O ExtRepNone lt XHEADER gt Automation Engine 171 lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_JOBS state 2 gt lt StartType gt ATT_GROUP lt StartType gt HostDst AGENTO1 HostDst HostATTR Type UNIX HostATTR Type lt CodeName gt UC_CODE lt CodeName gt lt Login gt DB ACCESS lt Login gt lt IntAccount gt lt AutoDeactNo gt 0 lt AutoDeactNo gt lt AutoDeactlErrorFree gt 0 lt AutoDeact1ErrorFree gt lt AutoDeactErrorFree gt 0O lt AutoDeactErrorFree gt lt DeactWhen gt lt DeactDelay gt 0 lt DeactDelay gt lt AutoDeactAlways gt 1 lt AutoDeactAlways gt lt AttDialog gt 0 lt AttDialog gt ActAtRun O ActAtRun Consumption 0 lt gt lt UC4Priority gt 0 lt UC4Priority gt lt MaxParallel2 gt 0 lt MaxParallel2 gt lt MpElse1 gt 1 lt MpElse1i gt lt MpElse2 gt 0 lt MpElse2 gt lt TZ gt lt ATTR_JOBS gt lt ATTR_UNIX state 1 gt Host attributes depend on the particular platform They are described separately lt ATTR_UNIX gt lt RUNTIME state 1 gt lt MaxRetCode gt 0 lt MaxRetCode gt FcstStatus 1900 ENDED OK Ended normally lt Fcs
314. t and width of the Cockpit The attribute ResName is used system internally and must not be changed control SCRIPT MSCRI DOCU_Title DOC See also Automation Engine 117 Display elements Attributes per display element control Caption Labeling maximal 30 characters Container Lnr of the frame or 0 when the element is not grouped in a frame Font Font type FontBold 1 bold font or 0 normal font Fontltalic 1 italics or O normal font FontSize Font size Lnr Run number Max1 First threshold value or 1 in On Off display Max2 Second threshold value or 1 in On Off display Max3 Third threshold value or 0 in On off display Min Minimum value Style 0 pie 1 bar 2 lamp 3 traffic light 4 display box 99 frame ValueType 0 value 1 value max 2 value in percent 3 empty 4 text height Height of the element left Distance to the left edge of the Cockpit area top Distance to the upper edge of the Cockpit area width Width of the element QName Source variable object QName2 Key Process tab only in executable objects Exception In Event objects it is the Process tab The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Content of the Process tab Process Pre Process Post Process Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must
315. t file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created CALL XHEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef ExtRepAll ExtRepNone SYNCREF Automation Engine 209 Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER Inactive passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title User defined max 255 characters Time of creation Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Time of last modification Format First and last name on YYY Y MM DD HH MM SS Total number of modifications x Time of last use Format First and last name on YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Total number of uses x Archive key 1 User defined max 60 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY1 Archive key 2 User defined max 20 characters Attribute ARCHIVE KEY2 Extended reports ExtRepDef Default value UC CLIENT SETTINGS ExtRepAll All ExtRepNone None Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Sync tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed 210 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Syncs ATTR_CALL StartType IntAccount MaxParallel2 MpElse1 MpElse2 UC4Priority
316. t in time a Saturday as the logical date such as 05 08 2010 This specified logical date will then be used for the Calendar checks which are required for this Workflow s tasks and the task JOBO2 can be executed without problems 9 Immediately _ Wait for manual release AtDate Time 12 10 2010 m 14 395 Use logical date 12 10 2010 TimeZone Queue See also Calendars and Calendar conditions Workflow properties Calendar Schedule properties Calendar Automation Engine 11 Real Date 2 5 Real Date The real date is relevant for Workflows It is used to calculate and check the time conditions that are defined in the tasks such as the earliest and latest start time or runtime monitoring d The real date does not depend on the logical date which is used as a comparison date for checking Calendar conditions The real date is determined when you generate the top Workflow and it is passed on to all its subordinate tasks In other words the real date of Workflow tasks is the generation time of the top Workflow If there is no superordinate Workflow the real date is the task s own generation time d The real date can vary depending on whether the option Generate at runtime is activated Note that you cannot set the real date In a restart the real date of the referenced run is used provided that the reference task is still active Otherwise the logical date of the referenced run is used because the
317. t of the monitoring method Curr Date MrtMethodDate MrtDays Days Value between 0 and 99 MrtTime Time Value between 00 00 and 23 59 MrtTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object Monitoring the minimum runtime SRT SrtMethodNone None SrtMethodFix Fixed value SrtMethodEnt Ert Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Only one of the three options can be selected Fixed value for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method fixed value SrtMethodFix Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 35999999 Percentage for SRT monitoring This value is part of the monitoring method ERT SrtMethodErt Value ranging between 0 and 999 Else action Cancel quit only for MRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected 236 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MrtExecute MrtExecuteObj VALUE Values SCRIPT MSCRI POST SCRIPT OSCRI DOCU Title DOC See also Else action MrtExecute Execute for the MRT or SRT monitoring Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected MrtExecuteObj Name of the object to be executed Variables amp Prompts tab in all executable object except for the Cockpit CPIT The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed List of object variables Attributes per object variable definition row Name Name of the object variable max 32 characters Value Values o
318. t2 ReadFromTable OPSE gt lt checklist2 gt time1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert ReadFromTable OPSE gt 11 13 lt time1 gt date1 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert altview 0 promptname date1 ReadFromTable OPSE gt 2010 09 03 lt date1 gt lt timestamp2 haslist 0 msgnr 1 msginsert altview 0 promptname timestamp2 ReadFromTable OPSE gt 2010 09 03 11 13 lt timestamp2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PRPTS gt gt lt DATAEDITOR gt lt PROMPTSETDATA gt lt DOCU_general state L type text gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_general gt lt PRPT gt lt uc export gt altview 0 promptname integer1 altview 0 promptname combobox 1 altview 0 promptname radiogroup1 altview 0 promptname checkgroup1 altview 0 promptname time1 See also PromptSet Structure of Export File XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Automation Engine 221 12 16 2 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of a PromptSet object and explains the individual elements uc export PRPT HEADER Title Created Modified LastUsed ArchiveKey1 ArchiveKey2 Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects s
319. tDays Start current date n days Value ranging between 0 and 99 LtstStTime Start time Value ranging between 00 00 and 23 59 LtstTimeTZ TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object Else settings ChkWhenExec Execute Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected WEIseA Cancel WElseH Block WEIseS Skip WElsex Block cancel signal Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Only one of the four options listed above can be selected WhenExecute Execute Name of an executable object preconditions predecessor Automation Engine 295 Preconditions tab PreCon Condition and action definitions with the following attributes active Block is activated 1 or deactivated 0 id Name of the condition or action for example STATUS once Block is only executed once Allowed values 1 once or 0 always type Condition C or action A uiinfo Internal parameter Structure of a condition and action definition when else only for conditions Contains the definitions of conditions and actions which are executed if the condition is met or no The same attributes are available as for condition and action Params Parameter of a condition or action Attributes per paramete definition param altview Internal parameter name Internal parameter name that indicates the order type V for parameter value Parameter value Dependencies tab Attributes per predecesso
320. tErrorFree AutoDeactAlways DeactWhen DeactDelay AttDialog ActAtRun Consumption UC4Priority MaxParallel2 Deactivate automatically when finished AutoDeactNo No AutoDeact1ErrorFree After error free end of program AutoDeactErrorFree After an error free restart AutoDeactAlways Always Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute AUTO DEACT Only one of the four options can be selected Settings for automatic deactivation DeactWhen Error free status Name of a status maximal 20 characters see also return codes This value belongs to the options error free execution and restart AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactErrorFree Attribute AUTO DEACT ERROR FREE DeactDelay Time delay in days Value ranging between 0 and 99 Attribute AUTO DEACT DELAY This value belongs to the options always error free execution and restart AutoDeactAlways AutoDeact1ErrorFree AutoDeactErrorFree Attribute dialog Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute ATTR DLG Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and O not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME Consumption Resources User defined Value between 0 and 99999 Attribute RESOURCE CONSUMPTION Consumption Resources User defined Value between 0 and 99999 Attribute RESOURCE CONSUMPTION Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Att
321. tFormat_N gt MinValue N 0 MinValue N MaxValue N 10 MaxValue N Time OutputFormat TI hhmmss OutputFormat TI MinValue TI208 00 MinValue TI MaxValue TI 10 00 MaxValue TI Automation Engine 279 280 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Time stamp OutputFormat TS yyyymmddhhmmss OutputFormat TS MinValue gt 08 00 01 01 2010 MinValue TI MaxValue TI 10 00 01 04 2010 MaxValue TI Date OutputFormat D dd mon yyyy OutputFormat D MinValue D 01 01 2010 MinValue D MaxValue D 01 04 2010 MaxValue D See also Attributes tab Variable tab XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Structure of Export File 12 25 3 Export File Structure The table shown below describes the XML file structure of Variable objects and explains the individual elements uc export Main element of the export file clientvers UC4 version in which the export file was created VARA Main element of the object client Client name Name of the object system Name of the UC4 system HEADER Header tab XHEADER in executable objects HEADER in active passive and system objects see object types The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Title Title User defined max 255 characters Created Modified LastUsed ATTR_ VARA Type VRName NotFoundErr NotFoundDef ShareN ShareL ShareR Automation Engine 281 Time of creation
322. tStatus gt lt Ert gt 0 lt Ert gt lt ErtMethodDef gt 1 lt ErtMethodDef gt lt ErtMethodFix gt 0 lt ErtMethodFix gt lt ErtFix gt 0O lt ErtFix gt ErtDynMethod 2 Average ErtDynMethod lt ErtMethodDyn gt 0 lt ErtMethodDyn gt lt ErtCnt gt 0 lt ErtCnt gt lt ErtCorr gt 0 lt ErtCorr gt lt ErtIgn gt 0 lt ErtIgn gt ErtIgnFlg O ErtIgnFlg lt ErtMinCnt gt 0 lt ErtMinCnt gt lt MrtMethodNone gt 1 lt MrtMethodNone gt lt MrtMethodFix gt 0 lt MrtMethodFix gt lt MrtFix gt O0 lt MrtFix gt lt MrtMethodErt gt O lt MrtMethodErt gt lt MrtErt gt O lt MrtErt gt lt MrtMethodDate gt 0 lt MrtMethodDate gt lt MrtDays gt 0 lt MrtDays gt lt MrtTime gt 00 00 lt MrtTime gt lt MrtTZ gt 172 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt SrtMethodNone gt 1 lt SrtMethodNone gt SrtMethodFix 0 SrtMethodFix lt SrtFix gt O lt SrtFix gt SrtMethodErt 0 SrtMethodErt SrtErt 0 SrtErt lt MrtCancel gt 0 lt MrtCancel gt lt MrtExecute gt 0 lt MrtExecute gt lt MrtExecuteObj gt lt RUNTIME gt lt DYNVALUES state 1 gt lt dyntree gt lt node content 1 id VALUE name Values parent type VALUE gt lt VALUE state 1 gt lt Values gt row Name amp HOST Value unixO1 gt lt Values gt lt Mode gt 0 lt Mode gt lt VALUE gt lt node gt lt node content 1 id PRPT1 name PRPT1 parent PRPTS type PROMPTSET gt lt PROMPTSET client 0098 i
323. task parent An example is a Schedule parent which processes a FileTransfer object child Two points in time are important during object execution activation and the start time During the activation time the task is displayed in the Activity Window Mostly tasks do not start immediately because usually they are subject to superordinate objects such as Schedules When you execute a workflow it s children will not be affected by the workflow s TimeZone setting Any workflow task specific changes you want to make need to be made on one of the tabs of the Properties window for each task G Refer to the chapter Inside to obtain more detailed information about how the settings made Workflows and Schedules affect processing Ay A group must only run once at a time The number of parallel executions of other executable objects depends on the settings made in the Attributes tab For Job objects the status ENDED will be set as soon as the execution has ended Post Processing options will not result in a change of the object s status to ACTIVE See also Executing with options Activity Window Automation Engine 17 4 2 Stage 1 Activation All objects belonging to the class of executable objects can be executed UC4 provides various ways which can be used depending on the individual situation and requirements Refer to the chapter First steps to learn more about the available activation methods see list
324. ted in the log file 00003471 The Server UCGLOBAL WP001 has successfully been initialized READY FO R RUN 2 Now start all other work processes with a time delay of about 10 seconds Start the communication processes 4 Start all other UC4 components such as Agents only when all Server processes are already in operation Also keep a time delay of about 10 seconds between the individual starts d A time delay option is available for each UC4 component in the settings of the ServiceManager dialog Numerous messages are output when the UC4 Automation Engine starts Some of them refer to possible errors but most of them only log information about the start procedure in the log file Several socket error messages are output when a communication and work process starts Explanation Each Server process attempts to open one port number after the other until it finds an empty port as specified in the INI file The Server process name is then defined via this port It is normal that some ports are already occupied when several Server processes start at the same time This fact causes socket error messages but there is no error e Database error messages referring to the MQCPnnn tables are always displayed when a cold start is made Explanation You can define several communication processes The primary work process deletes their MQCPnnn tables one after the other when a cold start is made This behavior is normal and there is no
325. tfix level The number of row definitions of the table is not limited Authorizations tabin Agent Client Assignment objectsThe attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Table for the rights of the filtered agents in the individual clients Attributes per filter defintion row Client Name of the client for which access rights are determined R Read permission W Write permission X Execute permission client Mandantennummer Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export File of an Agent Client Assignment XML File Structure for Imports and Exports Automation Engine 105 12 4 Calendar 12 4 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Calendar object Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt CALE client 0003 name FIRM_CALENDAR_2005 system UCGLOBAL gt lt HEADER state 1 gt Title Firm calendar for the year 2005 lt Title gt Created John Smith on 2004 12 17 10 40 00 lt Created gt lt Modified John Smith on 2005 03 17 10 46 30 6 x lt Modified gt lt
326. the Agent Login Login info format depends on the platform Pass password is not stored Type Description of the platform Documentation tab in all objects DOCU Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Export file of a Login object XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 15 Notification 12 15 1 Export File This document includes an example for the XML export file of a Notification object Example lt xml 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt uc export clientvers 3 02 gt CALL client 0003 name DAYSHIFT system UCGLOBAL XHEADER state 1 gt 206 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects lt Title gt Notification for the dayshift lt Title gt lt Created gt John Smith on 2005 03 09 10 18 58 lt Created gt lt Modified gt John Smith on 2005 03 09 10 37 17 11 x lt Modified gt lt LastUsed gt lt ArchiveKey1 gt Shift lt ArchiveKey1 gt ArchiveKey2 Day ArchiveKey2 ExtRepDef 1 ExtRepDef lt ExtRepAll gt O lt ExtRepAll gt lt ExtRepNone gt 0 lt ExtRepNone gt lt XHEADER gt lt SYNCREF state 1 gt lt Syncs gt lt SYNCREF gt lt ATTR_CALL state 1 gt Start
327. ttribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters immediate start Attribute START TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC orK 242 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects ActAtRun Period StartTime UC4Priority MaxParallel2 MpElse1 MpElse2 TZ RWhen RExecute JSCH Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 Selected and 0 not selected Attribute GEN_AT_RUNTIME Period settings Period Period Value between 0 and 99 StartTime Period turnaround Value between 00 00 and 23 59 UC4 priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between 0 and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Result evaluation of the individual tasks in Workflow and Schedule objects Rwhen OK status Type of the status RExecute Else Name of an executable object Schedule tab in Schedule objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attributes Period and StartTime must comply with the attributes of
328. ult setting These settings are not used if a different type of runtime monitoring has been defined forthis task in the Workflow or Schedule The tasks for which runtime monitoring has been specified in a Workflow or Schedule are marked with a T character It is displayed in the graphical view of the Workflow or Schedule Automation Engine 83 9 2 4 Monitoring the Latest End Time It is possible to determine the latest end time of a task This type of runtime monitoring is only possible in a Workflow by setting a particular time frame for its execution You can specify the latest end time as follows e Number of days following the Workflow s real date e Time until when the task should have ended e TimeZone object that should be used If a latest end time has been specified for a task the system checks before the tasks starts whether it will probably end by the specified time This is done by adding the estimated runtime ERT to the current time If the calculated time exceeds the specified time the task is skipped In this case ENDED TIMEOUT is the end status that is reported to the following tasks Groups are always started The tasks ERTs are checked in a chronological order The task starts if the calculated end time lies before the specified time The next task s ERT is checked when this task has ended If the calculated end time lies after the specified time the task is skipped This procedure continues until all the Group s tasks
329. up Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Start type Name of a group maximal 20 characters immediate start Attribute START TYPE Internal account User defined maximal 16 characters Attribute INT ACCOUNT INT ACC or K Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute GEN AT RUNTIME UCA priority User defined value ranging between 0 and 255 Attribute UC4 PRIORITY Maximal number of tasks running parallel User defined value ranging between O and 99999 Attribute MAX PARALLEL TASKS 256 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects MpElse1 MpElse2 TZ RUNTIME MaxRetCode FcstStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Maximal number of tasks running parallel Else MpElse1 wait MpElse2 cancel Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attribute MAX PARALLEL ELSE TimeZone Name of a TimeZone object maximal 8 characters Attribute TIMEZONE Runtime tab only for executable objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Retum code ENDED OK Value ranging between 0 and 2147483647 Attribute MAX RETCODE End status for forecast Format system return code status text see also return codes Current ERT Time in seconds Value ranging between 0 and 359999
330. ust not be changed List of Variable contents Attributes per content definition row Name Key Value Value 1 Value1 Value 2 Value2 Value 3 Value3 Value 4 Value4 Value 5 Documentation tab in all objects DOCU_ Title The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed The attribute type shows the type of documentation text normal documentation xml structured documentation Content of the Documentation tab Depending on the documentation type the CDATA section contains the text or the XML structure Source SQL SQL Conn Login prefUserConn prefUserLogin Variable tab in Variable objects using the setting Source SQL Attributes tab Connection Name of a CONN object of type Database Login Name of a Login object for accessing the external database Apply User s Connection Allowed values 0 not selected or 1 selected With this option being selected the connection data will be retrieved from the CONN object which has been selected in the User object Apply User s Login Allowed values 0 not selected or 1 selected With this option being activated the Login object which is available in the User object is used for accessing the database sql resultformat Automation Engine 283 SQL statement SQL commands to be processed on the destination database Result Format Formatting of the Result column in dynamic Variables SQL SQL int
331. ute state is used system internally and must not be changed Sync settings Attributes per Sync definition row Abend Action when the task is canceled Else Else action allowed values A cancel S skip W wait End Action when the task ends Name Name of the Sync object Start Action when the task starts id Name of the Sync object Up to 40 Sync definitions are allowed Attributes tab In all objects except for User UserGroup Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Include and Login ATTR_Object type objects The attribute state is used system internally and must not be changed Maximal number of tasks running parallel Value ranging between 1 and 999 Attribute GR MAX PAR JOBS Execution StartModeCommand by call StartModeAuto automatically queue Allowed value 1 selected and 0 not selected Attributes GR EXEC CMD GR EXEC AUTO Only one of the two options can be selected 164 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects AModeJP AModeMan ActAtRun TZ RUNTIME MaxRetCode FestStatus Ert ErtMethodDef ErtMethodFix ErtMethodDyn ErtFix Settings for the execution These values belong to the execution by call type AModeJP Workflow Schedule Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected AModeMan Manual Allowed values 1 selected and 0 not selected Attributes GR EXEC CMD JP GR EXEC MAN Generate at runtime Allowed values 1 selected an
332. w these affect a Job which either runs alone or in a Workflow Several TimeZones are used so that differences in using them become clear Nevertheless UC4 recommends using complex combinations only in exceptional cases Keeping clear structures for your processes should always be given priority d The Job properties in the Workflow refer to the earliest start time for example Automation Engine 7 Client VIENNA Job No TimeZone e The Job uses TimeZone VIENNA Client VIENNA Job NEWYORK e he Job uses TimeZone NEWYORK Client VIENNA Workflow No TimeZone Job properties within the Workflow No TimeZone Job in the Workflow No TimeZone e Workflow Job and the Job properties in the Workflow use TimeZone VIENNA Client VIENNA Workflow No TimeZone Job properties within the Workflow No TimeZone Job in the Workflow NEWYORK The Workflow and the Job properties the Workflow use TimeZone VIENNA the Job uses NEWYORK Client VIENNA Workflow SYDNEY Job properties within the Workflow No TimeZone Job in the Workflow NEWYORK e The Workflow and the Job properties the Workflow use TimeZone SYDNEY the Job uses NEWYORK 8 Chapter 2 Date and Time Client VIENNA Workflow SYDNEY Job properties within the Workflow No TimeZone Job in the Workflow No TimeZone e The Workflow and the Job s properties in the Workflow use TimeZone SYDNEY and the Job uses VIENNA Client VIENNA Workflow No TimeZone Job properties within the Wor
333. x9 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 3 lt combobox9 gt lt datel altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 29 lt date1 gt lt timestamp1 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 2010 08 17 10 00 00 lt timestamp1 gt lt time2 altview 0 haslist 0 gt 15 01 lt time2 gt lt PRPTBOX gt lt PROMPTSET gt lt node gt lt dyntree gt lt DYNVALUES gt lt SCRIPT state 2 gt lt MSCRI gt lt CDATA SET amp NUMBER 10 SET amp DATE SYS_LDATE SET amp WORKDAY VALID_CALE amp DATE FIRM CALENDAR WORKDAYS PRINT workday amp WORKDAY amp WORKDAY N PUT_ATT GR MAX PAR JOBS amp NUMBER PRINT Parallel running tasks changed to amp NUMBERZ ENDIF gt lt MSCRI gt lt SCRIPT gt DOCU General state L1 type text gt DOC lt CDATA Group gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_General gt lt DOCU_Details state 1 type xml gt lt DOC gt lt CDATA lt xml version 1 0 encoding I SO 8859 1 gt lt DOCTYPE Content lt ELEMENT Content Contact gt lt ELEMENT Contact EMPTY gt lt ATTLIST Contact person Green Smith Smith gt gt lt Content gt lt Contact person Smith gt lt Content gt gt lt DOC gt lt DOCU_Details gt lt JOBG gt lt uc export gt See also 162 Chapter 12 XML Files of Objects Group Export File Structure XML File Structure for Imports and Exports 12 11 2 Export File Structure The table shown below descr

Inside AE Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents